Deck General 1



These pages contains all possible questions which might be thrown at you in the "Deck General" module exam.  When you go in for your exam, your test questions will be selected from the list below.



4: Considering manning requirements for US flag vessels, your 2 watch cargo vessel has a deck crew of 20 people, exclusive of officers. How many of these people do the manning regulations require to be able seamen?

    a. 13
    b. 10
    c. 7
    d. 5
5: You are standing the wheelwatch when you hear the cry, "Man overboard starboard side". You should instinctively __________.

    a. give full left rudder
    b. give full right rudder
    c. put the rudder amidships
    d. throw a life ring to mark the spot
6: Which statement about a tunnel bow thruster is TRUE?

    a. It provides lateral control without affecting headway.
    b. It is fully effective at speeds up to about six knots.
    c. It can be used to slow the ship in addition to backing down.
    d. It will allow you to hold a position when the current is from astern.
7: The mooring line labeled "F" is called a __________. (D044DG )

    a. breast line
    b. bow line
    c. forward spring line
    d. None of the above
8: What is NOT an advantage of filler cargo?

    a. Overcarriage is reduced or eliminated.
    b. Dunnage costs are reduced.
    c. Voids in the cargo stow are filled.
    d. The hold space has maximum utilization.
9: Defense plans may cause the operation of electronic aids to navigation to be suspended with __________.

    a. no notice
    b. one day's notice
    c. a week's notice
    d. thirty (30) days notice
10: You are scheduled to load a bulk shipment of steel turnings. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. The primary hazard of this cargo is that it is subject to spontaneous heating and ignition.
    b. The shipping papers should describe this cargo as "Waste; steel borings".
    c. After loading, you may not sail if the temperature in each hold of steel turnings exceeds 130°F.
    d. This cargo may not be transported in bulk unless a special permit is issued by the Coast Guard.
11: A person is found operating a vessel while intoxicated. He is liable for __________.

    a. imprisonment for up to one year
    b. a civil penalty of not more than $5,000
    c. seizure of his/her vessel and forfeiture of the title
    d. a fine of not more than $1,000
12: The maximum length allowed between main, transverse bulkheads on a vessel is referred to as the __________.

    a. floodable length
    b. factor of subdivision
    c. compartment standard
    d. permissible length
13: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "G" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

    a. inshore bow line
    b. offshore bow line
    c. forward breast line
    d. forward spring line
14: Damaged bulkheads often take a permanent set which is independent of the panting or bulge caused by water pressure. To control this, you should __________.

    a. install shoring so the shoring supports the damaged bulkheads without pushing on them
    b. install shoring so that it pushes on the damaged bulkhead while supporting it
    c. use jacks or chain falls to remove the set before installing shores
    d. place sandbags by the bulkhead without installing shores
15: Floors aboard ship are __________.

    a. frames to which the tank top and bottom shell are fastened on a double bottomed ship
    b. transverse members of the ships frame which support the decks
    c. longitudinal beams in the extreme bottom of a ship from which the ship's ribs start
    d. longitudinal angle bars fastened to a surface for strength
16: When underway and proceeding ahead, as the speed increases, the pivot point tends to __________.

    a. move aft
    b. move forward
    c. move lower
    d. remain stationary
17: The mooring line labeled "E" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

    a. bow spring line
    b. aft spring line
    c. forward breast line
    d. bow line
18: To determine the weight capacity of a deck in a cargo hold, you would refer to the __________.

    a. deadweight scale
    b. deck capacity plan
    c. cubic capacity tables
    d. general arrangement plan
19: The vessel's "quarter" is located __________.

    a. abeam
    b. dead astern
    c. just forward of the beam on either side
    d. on either side of the stern
20: You are carrying triethylamine, methyl methacrylate and isoprene in your multiple-product tankship. Which of the following statements is true?

    a. Isoprene may be carried in a cargo tank adjacent to either of the other two cargoes.
    b. Methyl methacrylate may not be carried in a tank adjacent to a pump room.
    c. Methyl methacrylate must usually be heated to maintain its stability.
    d. Portable thermometers are not permitted to be used to take the cargo temperature of triethylamine.
21: The American Consul has asked the Master of a vessel bound for a port in the U.S. to transport a destitute seaman back to the U.S. Which action may the Master take?

    a. He is normally required to take the seaman.
    b. He may refuse to take the seaman if the seaman has a contagious disease.
    c. He may refuse to take the seaman if it will violate the Certificate of Inspection.
    d. All of the above
22: A wildcat is a __________.

    a. deeply-grooved drum on the windlass with sprockets which engage the links of the anchor chain
    b. winch that is running out of control due to a failure of the overspeed trips
    c. line that has jumped off the gypsyhead while under strain
    d. nylon line that parts under strain and whips back in a hazardous manner
24: A crack in the deck plating of a vessel may be temporarily prevented from increasing in length by __________.

    a. cutting a square notch at each end of the crack
    b. drilling a hole at each end of the crack
    c. slot-welding the crack
    d. welding a doubler over the crack
25: The turning circle of a vessel making a turn over 360 degrees is the path followed by the __________.

    a. center of gravity
    b. bow
    c. bridge
    d. centerline
26: The pivoting point of a fully loaded vessel with normal trim proceeding ahead at sea speed is __________.

    a. right at the bow
    b. one-third the length of the vessel from the bow
    c. one-half the length of the vessel from the bow
    d. two-thirds the length of the vessel from the bow
27: Under title 46 of the United States Code, the person in charge of a documented vessel who fails to report a complaint of a sexual offense may be __________.

    a. fined up to $5,000
    b. imprisoned for up to one year
    c. charged with accessory to sexual assault
    d. All of the above
28: The stowage factor for a cargo is based upon __________.

    a. one short ton
    b. one short metric ton
    c. one long ton
    d. one long metric ton
29: You are in charge of a U.S. documented vessel. Under title 46 of the United States Code, if you fail to report a complaint of a sexual offense, you may be __________.

    a. criminally charged and jailed
    b. civilly penalized
    c. held personally liable by the victim and sued
    d. All of the above are correct
30: You are planning the stowage of two incompatible products on your multiple-product tankship. What will NOT provide the minimum required segregation?

    a. Empty tank
    b. Solid (non-intercostal) bulkhead
    c. Diagonally adjacent tanks
    d. Tank containing a third cargo compatible with the other two
31: An embarked Pilot __________.

    a. is a specialist hired for his local navigational knowledge
    b. is solely responsible for the safe navigation of the vessel
    c. relieves the Master of his duties
    d. relieves the officer of the watch
32: The explosive range of a fuel lies between the lower explosive limit and the __________.

    a. flash point
    b. ignition temperature
    c. upper explosive limit
    d. fire point
34: Your vessel has been loaded in a sagging condition. Enroute you encounter heavy weather and notice buckling in the midships deck plating of your vessel. To relieve the strain you could __________.

    a. pump fuel oil from midships to the ends of the vessel
    b. reduce speed
    c. take a course which most eases the vessel
    d. All of the above
35: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy, messages are sent by precedence. A message designated ROUTINE will be delivered within __________.

    a. 3 hours to start of business the following day
    b. 1 to 6 hours
    c. 30 minutes to 1 hour
    d. 10 minutes if possible
36: The distance that a vessel travels from the time that the order to put engines full astern until the vessel is dead in the water is known as __________.

    a. advance
    b. head reach
    c. surge
    d. transfer
37: Your enrolled vessel is bound from Baltimore, MD, to Norfolk, VA, via Chesapeake Bay. Which statement about the required Pilot is TRUE?

    a. The Pilot must be licensed by either Virginia or Maryland.
    b. The Pilot need only be licensed by the Coast Guard.
    c. The Pilot must be licensed by Virginia and Maryland.
    d. The Pilot must be licensed by Virginia, Maryland and the Coast Guard.
38: A cargo that has a stowage factor over 40 is known as a __________.

    a. hygroscopic cargo
    b. measurement cargo
    c. stowage cargo
    d. weight cargo
39: Combustible liquids are divided into how many grades?

    a. One
    b. Two
    c. Three
    d. Four
40: You are on a cargo vessel carrying toluol in bulk in portable tanks. Which is a requirement for pumping the toluol?

    a. Hose connections to the tank must be made with a minimum of three bolts.
    b. There must be water pressure on the fire main.
    c. You must shut down if another vessel comes alongside.
    d. If transferring at anchor, you must display a red flag by day and a red light at night.
41: Considering the manning requirements for U.S. vessels (100 gross tons and above), your cargo vessel has a deck crew of 20 men, exclusive of the officers. How many of these men do the manning regulations require to be Able Seamen?

    a. 5
    b. 7
    c. 10
    d. 13
42: The vapor pressure of a substance __________.

    a. decreases as temperature increases
    b. increases with the temperature
    c. is not affected by temperature
    d. may increase or decrease as the temperature rises
43: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "D" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

    a. after spring line
    b. forward spring line
    c. waist breast line
    d. stern line
44: You are using an automatic tension winch by yourself. If you get caught in the turns of the line as they lead into the gypsyhead __________.

    a. the safety cutout will stop the winch before you're injured
    b. the line will part and snap back
    c. you may be pulled into the winch and injured or killed
    d. None of the above are correct
45: Which shallow water effect will increase dramatically if you increase your ship's speed past its "critical speed"?

    a. Squatting
    b. Smelling the bottom
    c. Sinkage
    d. Bank cushion
46: Which statement concerning the handling characteristics of a fully loaded vessel as compared with those of a light vessel is FALSE?

    a. A fully loaded vessel will be slower to respond to the engines.
    b. A fully loaded vessel will maintain her headway further.
    c. A light vessel will be more affected by the wind.
    d. A light vessel loses more rudder effect in shallow water.
47: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and wish to send a message warning of a hurricane. Which precedence would you assign this message?

    a. O (IMMEDIATE)
    b. P (PRIORITY)
    c. R (ROUTINE)
    d. Z (FLASH)
48: Which term describes goods having a stowage factor below 40?

    a. "Deadweight" cargo
    b. "Full-and-down" cargo
    c. "Heavy-lift" cargo
    d. "Measurement" cargo
49: Flammable liquid means any liquid which gives off flammable vapors at or below __________.

    a. 40°F (4.4°C)
    b. 80°F (26.7°C)
    c. 110°F (43.3°C)
    d. 150°F (65.6°C)
50: A vessel is entering port and has a Pilot conning the vessel. The Master is unsure that the Pilot is taking sufficient action to prevent a collision. What should the Master do?

    a. Nothing; the Pilot is required by law and is solely responsible for the safety of the vessel.
    b. State his concerns to the Pilot but do not interfere with the handling of the vessel.
    c. Recommend an alternative action and if not followed relieve the Pilot.
    d. Direct the Pilot to stop the vessel and anchor if necessary until the situation clears.
51: You are the licensed Master of a 100 GT towing vessel sailing coastwise. What percentage of the deck crew must be able to understand any order spoken by the officers?

    a. 50%
    b. 65%
    c. 75%
    d. 100%
53: The objective of shoring a damaged bulkhead is to __________.

    a. force the warped, bulged, or deformed sections back into place
    b. support and hold the area in the damaged position
    c. withstand subsequent additional damage
    d. make a watertight seal at the damaged area
54: Your vessel has grounded on a bar. What should you do?

    a. If you cannot get clear immediately, lighten the ship by pumping all ballast overboard.
    b. Run the engine full astern to keep from being set further onto the bar.
    c. Switch to the high suction for condenser circulating water, if it is submerged.
    d. All of the above
55: You are in charge of a U.S. documented vessel. Under title 46 of the United States Code, if you fail to report a complaint of a sexual offense, you may be __________.

    a. held personally liable by the victim and sued
    b. criminally charged and jailed
    c. civilly charged and fined
    d. All of the above are correct.
56: The effect of wind on exposed areas of the vessel is most noticeable when __________.

    a. backing
    b. going slow ahead
    c. going full ahead
    d. turning
57: Under title 46 of the United States Code, the person in charge of a documented vessel who fails to report a complaint of a sexual offense may be __________.

    a. charged with accessory to sexual assault
    b. fined up to $5,000
    c. imprisoned for up to one year
    d. All of the above
58: Odorous cargoes are those that __________.

    a. are exceptionally dusty and leave a residue
    b. are liquid but are in containers
    c. are susceptible to damage by tainting
    d. give off fumes that may damage other cargoes
59: Combustible liquid is defined as any liquid having a flash point above __________.

    a. 40°F ( 4°C)
    b. 80°F (27°C)
    c. 110°F (43°C)
    d. 150°F (66°C)
60: You are on a vessel designed to carry compressed gasses in bulk with a cargo of butadiene. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. The ullage must be padded with compressed air at a minimum pressure of 2 psig.
    b. Silver and copper are prohibited in the parts of valves and fittings in contact with the cargo.
    c. The cargo tank may be sampled only when the tank is being filled.
    d. The shipping document must specify the exact quantity of butadiene being carried.
61: Deckhands onboard towing vessels shall be divided into 3 watches when on a trip exceeding __________.

    a. 600 miles
    b. 700 miles
    c. 800 miles
    d. 1000 miles
62: You are in the process of loading 465,000 barrels of cargo oil. At 1030, on 5 November, you gauge the vessel and find that you have loaded 203,000 barrels. At 1200, you find that you have loaded 219,000 barrels. If you continue loading at the same rate, you will finish at approximately __________.

    a. 1510, 5 November
    b. 0140, 6 November
    c. 1104, 6 November
    d. 0735, 7 November
63: Which space(s) is(are) deducted from gross tonnage to derive net tonnage?

    a. Boatswain's stores
    b. Chart room
    c. Spaces for the exclusive use of the officers or crew
    d. All of the above
64: Which statement about damage control is TRUE?

    a. A hole in the hull at the waterline is more dangerous than a hole below the inner bottom.
    b. The amount of water entering a ship through a hole varies inversely to the area of the hole.
    c. Water flowing into a lower compartment on a ship is more dangerous than water on deck or flowing into an upper compartment.
    d. Water flowing over the fo'c'sle bulwark is more dangerous than a hole in the hull at the waterline.
65: Under title 46 of the United States Code, the person in charge of a documented vessel who fails to report a complaint of a sexual offense may be __________.

    a. charged with accessory to sexual assault
    b. imprisoned for up to one year
    c. fined up to $5,000
    d. All of the above
66: Most of your vessel's superstructure is forward. How will the vessel lie when drifting with no way on?

    a. With the wind from ahead
    b. With the wind off the port beam
    c. With the wind off the starboard beam
    d. With the wind from abaft the beam
67: You are in charge of a U.S. documented vessel. Under title 46 of the United States Code, if you fail to report a complaint of a sexual offense, you may be __________.

    a. civilly charged and fined
    b. criminally charged and jailed
    c. held personally liable by the victim and sued
    d. All of the above are correct.
68: Odorous cargoes are those that __________.

    a. are susceptible to damage by tainting
    b. are exceptionally dusty and leave a residue
    c. are liquid, but in containers
    d. give off fumes that may damage other cargoes
69: Ullages are measured from __________.

    a. the tank ceiling
    b. the tank top bushing
    c. the thievage mark
    d. an above deck datum
70: You are on a tankship designed to carry molten sulfur. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. There must be two portable toxic vapor detectors on board.
    b. The cargo tank ventilation system must maintain the H2S vapor concentration at 1.85% or more by volume.
    c. Cargo temperature may be taken by portable thermometers.
    d. The pressure in the heating coils in the tanks must be less than that of the cargo exerted on them.
71: You are the licensed Master of a 199 GT uninspected towing vessel making a 500 mile coastwise trip. You carry a deck crew of six (6). Which statement is TRUE?

    a. There must be 3 separate watches stood.
    b. There must be at least 5 able seamen among the deck crew.
    c. Only the able seamen require Merchant Mariner's Documents.
    d. None of the above
72: You are in the process of loading 465,000 barrels of cargo oil. At 1030, on 5 November, you gauge the vessel and find that you have loaded 203,000 barrels. At 1200 you find that you have loaded 218,000 barrels. If you continue loading at the same rate, you will finish at approximately __________.

    a. 1510, 5 November
    b. 1104, 6 November
    c. 1242, 6 November
    d. 0735, 7 November
73: Aboard ship, vertical flat plates running transversely and connecting the vertical keel to the margin plates are called __________.

    a. floors
    b. intercostals
    c. girders
    d. stringers
74: The best information on the location of the blocks when dry docking a vessel is contained in the __________.

    a. shell expansion plan
    b. docking diagram
    c. ship's docking plan
    d. general arrangement plan
75: Frames to which the tank top and bottom shell are fastened are called __________.

    a. floors
    b. intercostals
    c. stringers
    d. tank top supports
76: Leeway is the __________.

    a. difference between the true course and the compass course
    b. momentum of a vessel after her engines have been stopped
    c. lateral movement of a vessel downwind of her intended course
    d. displacement of a vessel multiplied by her speed
77: When steering a vessel, a good helmsman will __________.

    a. use as much rudder as possible to keep the vessel on course
    b. apply rudder to move the compass card towards the lubbers line when off course
    c. repeat back to the watch officer any rudder commands before executing them
    d. keep the rudder amidships except when changing course
78: Which is an example of cargo damage caused by inherent vice?

    a. Sublimation of chemicals
    b. Heating of grain
    c. Stevedore damage
    d. Wear and tear
79: Ullages on tankers are measured from __________.

    a. an above-deck datum such as the top of the ullage pipe
    b. the tank ceiling aboard transversely framed vessels
    c. the tank top
    d. a thievage mark below the edge of the deck
80: You are on a cargo vessel carrying portable tanks of dangerous cargoes in bulk. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. If the tanks are pumped out while remaining on board, each hose connection must have a minimum of three bolts.
    b. If the tanks are off loaded, no more than two tanks may be lifted together in a hoist.
    c. When transferring sulfuric acid, you must display a red flag by day whether at anchor or moored.
    d. All electrical equipment within 10 feet horizontally must be explosion proof or intrinsically safe.
81: Your 199 GT tugboat is on a 675 mile coastwise voyage. What percentage of the deck crew must be Able Bodied Seamen?

    a. 0%
    b. 25%
    c. 50%
    d. 65%
82: Floors aboard ship are __________.

    a. also called decks
    b. vertical transverse plates connecting the vertical keel with the margin plates
    c. large beams fitted in various parts of the vessel for additional strength
    d. found in passenger and berthing spaces only
83: The mooring line labeled "A" as shown is called a(n) __________. (D044DG )

    a. offshore stern line
    b. onshore stern line
    c. after spring line
    d. after breast line
84: The ceiling is __________.

    a. the overhead in berthing compartments
    b. a wooden protection placed over the tank top
    c. material driven into seams or cracks to prevent leaking
    d. None of the above are correct
85: The wooden planking that protects the tank top from cargo loading is called __________.

    a. ceiling
    b. shores
    c. frames
    d. toms
86: The turning circle of a vessel making a turn of over 360 degrees is the path followed by the __________.

    a. bow
    b. bridge
    c. centerline
    d. center of gravity
87: A set of interior steps on a ship leading up to a deck from below is know as __________.

    a. a companion way
    b. 'tween-decks
    c. stairs
    d. Any of the above are acceptable
88: Which is an example of cargo damage caused by inherent vice?

    a. Tainting
    b. Wear and tear
    c. Stevedore damage
    d. Heating of grain
89: Ullage measurements are taken from the top of the liquid to __________.

    a. the base of the expansion trunk
    b. the base of the ullage port
    c. a line scribed within the ullage port
    d. an above-deck datum, usually the top of the ullage hole
90: You are on a multiple-product chemical tanker. The loading plan includes cargoes of diethylenetriamine and formamide. Which statement concerning the stowage of these cargoes is TRUE?

    a. They must be separated by a void space or empty tank.
    b. The cargoes must have individual venting systems.
    c. The valves in common piping systems must be chained closed and locked.
    d. The minimum segregation required is a single bulkhead.
91: You are the person in charge of a 199 GRT uninspected towing vessel engaged in coastwise towing from the Gulf of Mexico to New York, a distance in excess of 600 miles. Which statement is FALSE?

    a. The deckhands shall be divided into 3 watches.
    b. Able seamen are required in the deck crew.
    c. All crew members shall have Merchant Mariner's Documents.
    d. Certificates of Discharge are not required to be issued.
92: You start a centrifugal cargo pump to discharge cargo. The pump works for a while and then loses suction. This could be caused by __________.

    a. the pump running backwards
    b. incomplete priming
    c. the discharge head being too high
    d. All of the above
93: A lookout can leave his station __________.

    a. only when properly relieved
    b. at the end of the watch
    c. 15 minutes before the end of the watch
    d. at any time
94: All of the following records are usually maintained by the watch-standing officers aboard a vessel EXCEPT the __________.

    a. deck logbook
    b. official logbook
    c. compass record book
    d. chronometer error book
95: You should keep clear of __________.

    a. any line under a strain
    b. lines that are paying out
    c. lines that are coiled down only
    d. None of the above are correct
96: The distance a vessel moves at right angles to the original course, when a turn of 180° has been completed, is called the __________.

    a. advance
    b. pivoting point
    c. tactical diameter
    d. kick
97: Chafing gear should be placed __________.

    a. at all wearing points of mooring lines
    b. at the bitter ends of all standing rigging
    c. around running rigging
    d. on wire rope only
98: A hygroscopic cargo is defined as a cargo __________.

    a. capable of absorbing moisture in the form of a gas
    b. capable of giving off moisture in the form of a liquid
    c. that is shipped in a liquid state
    d. that will ignite in contact with water
99: What is meant by "thieving" a petroleum cargo?

    a. Siphoning off a few barrels of petroleum for shipboard use
    b. Determining the amount of water (if any) in each cargo tank
    c. Adjusting the cargo figures to coincide with the draft
    d. Reducing the gross cargo calculations to net amounts
100: Which statement is ALWAYS true?

    a. Keep clear of any line that is under a strain.
    b. A line will creak, make snapping sounds, and smoke before it parts.
    c. Only synthetic lines will snap back after parting.
    d. Stepping on the bight of a line is safer than stepping in the bight of a line.
101: You can safely step in the bight of a line __________.

    a. when it is not under strain
    b. if both ends are made fast
    c. in an emergency
    d. at no time
103: Your ship is in shallow water and the bow rides up on its bow wave while the stern sinks into a depression of its transverse wave system. What is this called?

    a. Broaching
    b. Fish tailing
    c. Squatting
    d. Parallel sinkage
104: You are on watch at sea at night when a fire breaks out in #3 hold just forward of the bridge. You would NOT __________.

    a. call the Master
    b. proceed to the space and inspect the extent of the fire
    c. shut down the cargo hold ventilation
    d. sound the fire alarm signal to roust out all hands
106: In relation to the turning circle of a ship, the term "kick" means the distance __________.

    a. around the circumference of the turning circle
    b. gained at right angles to the original course
    c. gained in the direction of the original course
    d. or throw of a vessel's stern from her line of advance upon putting the helm hard over
107: When may a seaman on a vessel engaged in foreign trade be paid before earning the wages?

    a. The seaman may only draw an advance on earned wages.
    b. Wages up to fifty percent of the seaman's base wage maybe advanced upon proof of serious family illness.
    c. Wages equivalent to three days base wage may be advanced upon arrival in a foreign port.
    d. The advance of wages is at the discretion of the master; however, a seaman cannot be in an overpaid status at signoff.
108: Damage to cargo caused by dust is known as __________.

    a. contamination
    b. oxidation
    c. tainting
    d. vaporization
109: What is meant by "thieving" a petroleum cargo?

    a. Adjusting the cargo figures to coincide with the draft
    b. Determining the amount of water (if any) in each cargo tank
    c. Reducing the gross cargo calculations to net amounts
    d. Siphoning off a few barrels of petroleum for shipboard use
110: What is NOT required as special safety equipment on a tankship carrying hazardous cargoes in bulk?

    a. Shower and eyewash fountain
    b. Equipment to lift an injured person from a pumproom
    c. Two portable vapor detectors suitable for the cargoes carried
    d. A safety locker adjacent to the emergency shutdown station
111: You are the licensed Master of a towing vessels operating between New York and Tampa, Florida. If you carry four (4) deckhands onboard, how many must be able seamen?

    a. 1
    b. 2
    c. 3
    d. 4
112: You start a centrifugal cargo pump to discharge cargo. The pump works for a while and then loses suction. This could NOT be caused by __________.

    a. leaking shaft seals
    b. air pockets in the liquid
    c. high cargo level in the tanks
    d. a leaking suction line
113: During the course of a voyage, a seaman falls on the main deck and injures his ankle. The Master should submit a Report of Marine Accident, Injury or Death if the __________.

    a. injury results in loss of life only
    b. injury is the result of misconduct
    c. injured is incapacitated
    d. injured needs first aid
114: You are on watch at sea on course 090°T. A man falls overboard on your starboard side. You immediately start a Williamson Turn. Which step is NOT a part of a Williamson Turn?

    a. Step 1: Come right full rudder until the vessel heads 150°T.
    b. Step 2: Stop the engines until clear of the man.
    c. Step 3: Shift the helm to left full rudder.
    d. Step 4: Continue with left rudder until on course 270°T.
115: During the course of a voyage, a seaman falls on the main deck and injures his ankle. The Master should submit a Report of Marine Accident, Injury or Death if the __________.

    a. injury is the result of misconduct
    b. injury results in loss of life only
    c. injured need first aid
    d. injured is incapacitated
116: In relation to the turning circle of a ship, the term "transfer" means the distance __________.

    a. gained in the direction of the original course
    b. gained at right angles to the original course
    c. the ship moves sidewise from the original course away from the direction of the turn after the rudder is first put over
    d. around the circumference of the turning circle
117: If two mooring lines are to be placed on the same bollard, which method is BEST?

    a. Place the eye from the forward line on the bollard and then place the eye from the second line directly over the first.
    b. It makes no difference how the lines are placed.
    c. Place the eye from either line on the bollard, and then bring the eye of the other line up through the eye of the first, and place it on the bollard.
    d. Place both eyes on the bollard, in any manner, but lead both lines to the same winch head on the vessel and secure them on the winch.
118: Damage to cargo caused by fumes or vapors from liquids, gases, or solids is known as __________.

    a. contamination
    b. oxidation
    c. tainting
    d. vaporization
119: Sour crude oil __________.

    a. contains high quantities of hydrogen sulfide
    b. is diluted with other products for carriage
    c. is lighter than other crudes
    d. is less hazardous to load than other crudes
120: You are on a multiple-product tankship and scheduled to load a cargo classed as an aromatic amine. This cargo is incompatible with cargoes classed as __________.

    a. organic anhydrides
    b. ketones
    c. phenols
    d. esters
121: You are the Master of an uninspected diesel towing vessel of 190 GT operating on a regular run from New York to the Gulf of Mexico. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. Able Seamen are not required in the deck crew.
    b. Sailors may stand watch for 6 hours on and 6 hours off.
    c. A licensed Chief Engineer is required.
    d. All crew members must have Merchant Mariner's Documents.
122: You may be able to avoid loss of suction in a pump by __________.

    a. using a full tank to keep the pump primed
    b. opening the vent cock on the pump
    c. closing down on the tank valve
    d. All of the above
123: When patching holes in the hull, pillows, bedding, and other soft materials can be used as __________.

    a. shores
    b. gaskets
    c. strongbacks
    d. wedges
124: Bilge soundings indicate __________.

    a. the amount of condensation in the hold
    b. whether the cargo is leaking or not
    c. whether the vessel is taking on water
    d. All of the above
125: Chafing gear is normally used __________.

    a. for portable fenders
    b. for ground tackle
    c. on the inside of the hawsepipe
    d. on mooring lines
126: The distance a vessel moves parallel to the original course from the point where the rudder is put over to any point on the turning circle is called the __________.

    a. advance
    b. drift angle
    c. pivoting point
    d. transfer
127: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "C" is called a __________. (DO44DG )

    a. breast line
    b. shore line
    c. spring line
    d. stern line
128: Which is characteristic of a "special cargo"?

    a. The cargo gives off toxic gases when heated.
    b. Periodic inspection is required while in transit to prevent spoilage.
    c. It is of high value or easily pilferable.
    d. It must be stowed on deck.
129: Which knot is suitable for hoisting an unconscious person?

    a. Bowline on a bight
    b. Fisherman's loop
    c. French bowline
    d. Spider hitch
130: You are on a vessel carrying liquefied butadiene in bulk. Which document is NOT required to be either in the wheelhouse or easily accessible to the person on watch while underway?

    a. Cargo manual
    b. Cargo information card
    c. Certificate of Inspection
    d. Shipping document
131: You are onboard a 120 GT uninspected sea going tug which carries one Master and one mate of towing vessels, and four seamen when underway. How many of the four seamen must have a rating as able seamen if the voyage is under 600 miles?

    a. 1
    b. 2
    c. 3
    d. 4
132: What is a characteristic of all centrifugal cargo pumps?

    a. They are self-priming.
    b. Decreasing the speed of rotation will decrease the discharge pressure.
    c. Opening the discharge valve wider will increase the discharge pressure.
    d. All of the above
133: The standard unit of liquid volume used in the petroleum industry, as well as the tanker industry, is a __________.

    a. barrel
    b. drum
    c. gallon
    d. liter
134: Your ship is steaming at night on gyro-pilot when you notice that the vessel's course is slowly changing to the right. Which action should you take FIRST?

    a. Call the Master.
    b. Change to hand steering.
    c. Notify the engine room of the steering malfunction.
    d. Send the Quartermaster to the emergency steering station.
135: Corrosive liquids and acids should have which kind of label?

    a. Skull and crossbones
    b. Yellow and white
    c. Red and white
    d. White and black
136: Under the federal regulations, what minimum level of Blood Alcohol Content (BAC) constitutes a violation of the laws prohibiting Boating Under the Influence of Alcohol (BUI) on commercial vessels?

    a. .18% BAC
    b. .10% BAC
    c. .06% BAC
    d. .04% BAC
137: The system of valves and cargo lines in the bottom piping network of a tank barge that connects one section of cargo tanks to another section is called a __________.

    a. come-along
    b. crossover
    c. manifold
    d. runaround
138: Which vessel is most likely to be loaded full but not down?

    a. A bulk carrier loaded with heavy ore
    b. A bulk carrier loaded with steel
    c. A break bulk vessel loaded with palletized cargo
    d. A tanker loaded with heavy grain
138: Which vessel is most likely to be loaded full but not down?

    a. A bulk carrier loaded with heavy ore
    b. A bulk carrier loaded with steel
    c. A break bulk vessel loaded with palletized cargo
    d. A tanker loaded with heavy grain
139: A "barrel" is a unit of liquid measure equivalent to __________.

    a. 40 U.S. gallons at 50°F
    b. 42 U.S. gallons at 60°F
    c. 43 U.S. gallons at 65°F
    d. 45 U.S. gallons at 75°F
139: A "barrel" is a unit of liquid measure equivalent to __________.

    a. 40 U.S. gallons at 50°F
    b. 42 U.S. gallons at 60°F
    c. 43 U.S. gallons at 65°F
    d. 45 U.S. gallons at 75°F
140: Your tankship is carrying a 30% solution of hydrogen peroxide. The cargo containment system must have a permanent inert gas system. While discharging this cargo the inert gas system must maintain a minimum pressure of __________.

    a. 0.5 psig
    b. 3.0 psig
    c. 5.0 psig
    d. atmospheric pressure
141: On a sea going towing vessel of 150 gross tons, there are six (6) seamen in the deck crew. How many certificated able seamen are required if the voyage is over 600 miles?

    a. 1
    b. 2
    c. 3
    d. 4
142: What is NOT an advantage of centrifugal pumps over reciprocating pumps?

    a. They pump more cargo in less time.
    b. They are smaller for equivalent pumping ability.
    c. They are less expensive.
    d. They require priming for stripping.
143: Why are most break bulk vessels built with the transverse framing system rather than the longitudinal system?

    a. The transverse system is more resistant to hog and sag stresses.
    b. The numerous longitudinal frames cause excessive broken stowage.
    c. The transverse system provides better support to the varying cargo densities on a break bulk vessel.
    d. The deep web frames interfere with the stowage of break bulk cargo.
144: The lookout sights a vessel dead ahead. This should be reported on the bell with __________.

    a. one bell
    b. two bells
    c. three bells
    d. four bells
146: When turning a ship in restricted space with a strong wind, it is normally best to __________.

    a. go ahead on both engines with the rudder hard to one side, if on a twin-screw vessel
    b. back down with the rudder hard to one side, if on a single-screw vessel
    c. take advantage of the tendency to back to port, if on a twin-screw vessel
    d. turn so that the tendency to back into the wind can be used, if on a single-screw vessel
147: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "B" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

    a. inshore stern line
    b. offshore stern line
    c. after spring line
    d. after breast line
148: Overcarriage is best prevented by __________.

    a. assuring heavy cargo is stowed low in the vessel
    b. checking the vessel's load line calculations carefully
    c. inspection of the hold at completion of discharge
    d. stowing the cargo which is to be discharged last on the bottom
149: A standard net barrel of petroleum products is __________.

    a. 42 gallons at 60°F
    b. 48 gallons at 70°F
    c. 50 gallons at 50°F
    d. 60 gallons at 100°F
150: Protective clothing must be worn while sampling hazardous cargo on a tankship, and as a minimum includes __________.

    a. a hood or hard hat
    b. a face mask or goggles
    c. boots
    d. chemical resistant gloves
151: The forecastle card is a copy of the __________.

    a. quarters allocation
    b. shipping agreement
    c. Muster List ("Station Bill")
    d. unlicensed shipping card from the union
152: A petroleum liquid has a flash point of 135°Fahrenheit. This liquid is classed as a grade __________.

    a. B flammable liquid
    b. C flammable liquid
    c. D combustible liquid
    d. E combustible liquid
153: The proper way to correct a mistake in the logbook is to __________.

    a. erase the entry and rewrite
    b. draw several lines through the entry, rewrite, and initial the correction
    c. completely black out the entry, rewrite, and initial the correction
    d. draw one line through the entry, rewrite, and initial the correction
154: A look-out at the bow sights an object on your port side. How many bell strokes should he sound?

    a. One
    b. Two
    c. Three
    d. Four
155: You are transporting dangerous cargo on your vessel. You must inspect this cargo __________.

    a. daily
    b. daily, at sea only
    c. after encountering rough weather
    d. after loading and prior to arrival in port only
156: When heading on a course, you put your rudder hard over. The distance traveled parallel to the direction of the original course from where you put your rudder over to any point on the turning circle is known as __________.

    a. advance
    b. head reach
    c. tactical diameter
    d. transfer
157: The proper way to correct a mistake in the logbook is to __________.

    a. draw a line through the entry, rewrite, and initial the correction
    b. draw several lines through the entry, rewrite, and initial the correction
    c. erase the entry and rewrite
    d. completely black out the entry, rewrite, and initial the correction
158: A claim for cargo damages may be held against the ship owner if such damage is the result of failure of the ship's officers to __________.

    a. correct all defects in the ship's construction
    b. ensure the fitness and safety of cargo spaces
    c. ensure adequate packaging of the cargo
    d. prevent delays due to quarantine restrictions
159: What is the standard net barrel for petroleum products?

    a. 42 gallons at 60°Fahrenheit
    b. 48 gallons at 70°Fahrenheit
    c. 50 gallons at 50°Celsius
    d. 60 gallons at 100°Saybolt
161: A seaman leaves a vessel before it sails from a foreign port. He informs the Chief Officer that he won't return. After the vessel sails, the Chief Officer finds the seaman's work clothes in his locker. How should the Master handle this matter?

    a. Log the seaman as a deserter.
    b. Log the seaman as a fail to join.
    c. Log the seaman for misconduct.
    d. Take no action.
162: Oil may NOT be transferred unless __________.

    a. there are two certificated tankermen on each vessel
    b. the vessel is equipped with constant-tension winches
    c. discharge containment equipment (i.e. drip pans) are in place
    d. All of the above
164: A look-out should report objects sighted using __________.

    a. true bearings
    b. magnetic bearings
    c. gyro bearings
    d. relative bearings
165: You must notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety Office as soon as possible after your vessel has been damaged in excess of __________.

    a. $25,000
    b. $10,000
    c. $1,500
    d. $1,000
166: The distance gained in the direction of the original course when you are making a turn is known as __________.

    a. advance
    b. drift
    c. tactical diameter
    d. transfer
167: You are on a large merchant vessel entering a U.S. port. There is a Pilot on board and he has the conn. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. The Pilot is solely responsible for the safe maneuvering of the ship only if he is required to be on board by law.
    b. The Master is responsible for the safe navigation of the ship and the Pilot is employed for his local knowledge.
    c. The Pilot is solely responsible for the internal working of the ship.
    d. The Pilot becomes solely responsible for the safe navigation of the vessel only if the Master relinquishes the conn.
168: "Block stowage" means __________.

    a. having the cargo on pallets
    b. stowing all the cargo for a port in the same area
    c. using port marks on the cargo
    d. using separation cloths to separate different kinds of cargo
169: The lowest temperature at which a liquid will give off sufficient vapors to form a flammable mixture with air is known as the __________.

    a. fire point
    b. flash point
    c. lower explosive limit
    d. threshold limit value
170: Which is NOT required on a tankship carrying hazardous liquid cargoes in bulk?

    a. A copy of 46 CFR parts 35 and 150
    b. Certificate of Adequacy for the hazardous cargoes carried
    c. Certificate of Inspection issued under the Tank Vessel Regulations
    d. Cargo piping plan showing loading rates for all applicable cargo lines
171: You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel by taking the radar ranges and bearings of an isolated light while making a turn. The results are as listed. Based on this data what is the transfer for a turn of 30°? d035dg

    a. 40 yards
    b. 140 yards
    c. 190 yards
    d. 230 yards
172: While a vessel is in a foreign port where there is no American Consul, a seaman becomes violent prior to sailing. The Master should __________.

    a. call local police, put the seaman in prison ashore, and sail the vessel
    b. pay off the seaman and make arrangements with the agent to return him to the original port of signing on in the U.S.
    c. put the seaman in irons and sail to the next port where there is an American Consul
    d. send the seaman ashore and arrange with the agent to repatriate him by armed guard
174: A proper look-out must be kept __________.

    a. only in fog
    b. only between the hours of sunset and sunrise
    c. only when entering and leaving port
    d. at all times
175: While the Pilot is maneuvering the vessel to a dock, what is the primary responsibility of the watch officer?

    a. Judge the appropriateness of the Pilot's orders and countermand them if necessary
    b. Insure that helm and throttle orders given by the Pilot are correctly executed
    c. Record the bells and their times in the bell book
    d. Supervise the signaling and flag etiquette
176: The turning circle of a vessel is the path followed by the __________.

    a. tipping center
    b. bow
    c. outermost part of the ship while making the circle
    d. center of gravity
177: The measurement of the amount of force a towing vessel is capable of applying to a motionless tow is called __________.

    a. shaft horsepower
    b. delivered horsepower
    c. bollard pull
    d. towrope pull
178: Which can be prevented only by segregating two lots of cargo into separate holds?

    a. Contamination of dry cargo by a wet cargo
    b. Contamination of a clean cargo by a dirty cargo
    c. Contamination of a food cargo by an odorous cargo
    d. Overcarriage, overstowage, and short landing
179: The minimum temperature required to ignite gas or vapor without a spark or flame being present is called __________.

    a. flash point
    b. fire point
    c. autoignition temperature
    d. lower explosive limit
180: Your tank vessel is loading a hazardous cargo. The allowance for expansion is based on ambient temperatures of what maximum range?

    a. 0°C to 100°C
    b. -10°C to 90°C
    c. -18°C to 46°C
    d. -40°C to 50°C
181: Your vessel is on an extended foreign voyage. Several vacancies have occurred in your unlicensed crew through sickness and repatriation. Which statement is correct?

    a. Aliens may be employed except that all U.S. flag vessels must maintain no less than 90% U.S. citizens in the crew.
    b. Qualified aliens may be employed to fill the vacancies.
    c. Seamen to fill vacancies must be flown from U.S. to join the vessel in the foreign port.
    d. Vacancies can only be filled by U.S. citizens with valid Merchant Mariner's Documents.
184: You are standing look-out duty at night. A dim light on the horizon will be seen quickest by looking __________.

    a. at an area just a little below the horizon
    b. at the horizon, where the sky and water appear to meet
    c. a little above the horizon
    d. well below the horizon
185: Before a Master relieves a Pilot of the conn, the __________.

    a. Master should foresee any danger to the vessel on the present course
    b. vessel must be in extremis
    c. Master should agree to sign a release of liability form
    d. Master must first request the Pilot to take corrective action
186: The pivoting point of a vessel going ahead is __________.

    a. at the hawsepipe
    b. about one-third of the vessel's length from the bow
    c. about two-thirds of the vessel's length from the bow
    d. near the stern
187: You are standing the wheel watch on entering port and the Master gives you a rudder command which conflicts with a rudder command from the Pilot. What should you do?

    a. Ask the Pilot if he relinquishes control.
    b. Obey the Pilot.
    c. Obey the Master.
    d. Bring the rudder to a position midway between the two conflicting positions.
188: Which cargoes require strips of common building lathe as dunnage in order to carry away heat generated by the cargo?

    a. Canned soups packaged in crates
    b. Cardboard cartons of shoes
    c. Paper products packaged in rolls
    d. Refrigerated fruit that is ripening
189: Reid vapor pressure is __________.

    a. exerted by liquid cargo on the sides of a tank
    b. exerted by liquid cargo on a cargo hose body
    c. the lowest temperature and pressure that will cause a flammable liquid to give off vapors
    d. a measurement of the amount of flammable vapors given off by a liquid at a certain temperature
190: You are on a vessel that carries liquefied gasses in bulk. The person on watch is required to have what information about the cargo easily accessible?

    a. Port of loading
    b. Exact quantity on board
    c. Name and address of consignee
    d. Firefighting procedures
191: An alien crewmember with a D-1 permit leaves the vessel in a U.S. port and fails to return. The first report you make should be to the __________.

    a. Customs Service
    b. Immigration Service
    c. local police
    d. OCMI
192: The mooring line labeled "H" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

    a. offshore bow line
    b. onshore bow line
    c. offshore spring line
    d. forward breast line
193: On a transpacific voyage, you receive a message from your vessel's operators saying that your vessel has been consigned to Naval Control of Shipping. Further information is contained in __________.

    a. the Light List
    b. the International Code of Signals (PUB 102)
    c. Radio Navigational Aids (PUB 117)
    d. the Coast Pilot
194: A vessel spotted at 45° relative can be reported as __________.

    a. on the starboard beam
    b. broad on the starboard bow
    c. 4 points forward of starboard bow
    d. 4 points abaft the starboard beam
195: You are transporting dangerous cargo on your vessel. The Dangerous Cargo Manifest must be signed by the __________.

    a. shipper
    b. U.S. Coast Guard Marine Inspector
    c. Master or his authorized representative
    d. Master only
196: A VLCC (100,000 DWT+) with a 30,000 Shaft Horsepower Steam Turbine is slow to respond to engine movements and has less stopping power than normal ships because it has a __________.

    a. bigger propeller
    b. smaller power to weight ratio
    c. smaller propeller
    d. larger power to weight ratio
197: Serving is __________.

    a. marline or ratline wound along the grooves of a rope
    b. narrow strips of light canvas or cotton cloth spiral-wrapped along the rope
    c. marline tightly wound on the rope by means of a board or mallet
    d. a splice made by laying the strand of one rope into the vacated grooves of another rope
198: Battens are fitted in cargo holds across the frames of the vessel from the turn of the bilge upward. The purpose of these cargo battens is __________.

    a. for securing a snatch block when snaking cargo into the wings of the hold
    b. to prevent cargo from coming in contact with the vessel's frames or shell plating
    c. to provide fittings to which cargo lashings may be secured
    d. to support the dunnage floors which are laid down between tiers of cargo
199: What is a cofferdam?

    a. Tube fitted to an ullage hole
    b. Area the product is loaded into
    c. Void or empty space separating two tanks
    d. Opening in the deck used for cleaning a tank
200: Which statement concerning a 298 GRT inspected tug engaged in towing from Seattle, WA, to Alaska is TRUE?

    a. No able seamen are required.
    b. Crew must be signed on before a Shipping Commissioner.
    c. A licensed Master of Towing Vessels may serve as Master.
    d. Each crew member must be issued a certificate of discharge at the time of discharge.
201: Your vessel is in a foreign port and you find that one of the crew members has been incarcerated for drunkenness. The Official Logbook shows that the seaman doesn't have funds to cover the costs of the fine. Which action should the Master take?

    a. Inventory his gear and send it and a pay voucher ashore with the agent.
    b. Leave the seaman in jail and log him as a fail to join after the vessel sails.
    c. Leave the seaman in jail and log him as a deserter after the vessel sails.
    d. Pay the seaman's fine.
203: How does the effect known as "bank suction" act on a single-screw vessel proceeding along a narrow channel?

    a. It pulls the bow toward the bank.
    b. It pushes the entire vessel away from the bank.
    c. It pulls the stern toward the bank.
    d. It heels the vessel toward the bank.
204: What does the helm command "shift the rudder" mean?

    a. Put the rudder over to the opposite side, the same number of degrees it is now.
    b. Put the rudder amidships and hold the heading steady as she goes.
    c. Shift the rudder control to the alternate steering method.
    d. Stop the swing of the ship.
205: A vessel is to make a voyage between New York and San Juan, Puerto Rico, and return. The crew should be signed on_____________.

    a. Coastwise Articles
    b. Foreign Articles
    c. Intercoastal Articles
    d. no articles
206: In stopping distances of vessels, "head reach" can best be described as the __________.

    a. difference between the vessel's speed through the water at any instant and the new speed ordered on the telegraph
    b. distance the vessel has actually run through the water since a change of speed was ordered
    c. distance the vessel will run between taking action to stop her and being stationary in the water
    d. speed at which a vessel should proceed to ensure that she will run a predetermined distance, once her engines have been stopped
207: A towing vessel's capability is BEST measured by horsepower, maneuverability, displacement, and __________.

    a. stability
    b. propeller design
    c. bollard pull
    d. towing winch horsepower
208: Your vessel has been damaged and you must shore a bulkhead. You should cut the shore __________.

    a. approximately 1/2 inch longer than the measured length to allow for trimming
    b. approximately 1/2 inch shorter than the measured length to allow for wedges
    c. approximately 1/2 inch shorter per foot of shoring to allow for wet expansion
    d. to the same length as the measured length
211: A seaman is entitled by law to a release from Foreign Articles when __________.

    a. intoxicated
    b. the vessel is overloaded
    c. there is a change of home port
    d. there is a change of Master
212: Your vessel is port side to a pier with a spring line led aft from the bow. In calm weather, putting the engines ahead with the rudder hard left should bring __________.

    a. the bow in and the stern out
    b. both the bow and stern in
    c. the bow out and the stern in
    d. both the bow and stern out
213: You are the Master of a single-screw vessel. You are docking at a port which has no tugs available. You decide to drop the offshore anchor to help in docking. The amount of chain you should pay out is __________.

    a. 5 to 7 times the depth of the water
    b. 1 1/2 to 2 times the depth of the water
    c. equal to the depth of the water
    d. you should NEVER use the anchor to help in docking
214: The helm command "meet her" means __________.

    a. use rudder to check the swing
    b. decrease the rudder angle which is on
    c. steer more carefully
    d. note the course and steady on that heading
215: How does the effect known as "bank suction" act on a single-screw vessel proceeding along a narrow channel?

    a. It pulls the bow toward the bank.
    b. It heels the vessel toward the bank.
    c. It pushes the entire vessel away from the bank.
    d. It pulls the stern toward the bank.
216: As a ship moves through the water, it drags with it a body of water called the wake. The ratio of the wake speed to the ship's speed is called __________.

    a. propeller velocity
    b. speed of advance
    c. wake distribution
    d. wake fraction
217: The holding capability of an anchor is primarily determined by the __________.

    a. shape of the anchor
    b. stowage of the anchor on board
    c. anchor's ability to dig in
    d. size of the vessel and its draft
218: What is the main purpose of dunnage?

    a. To act as ballast for light vessels
    b. To provide ventilation and drainage for cargo
    c. To secure the tarpaulins in place
    d. To support weakened bulkheads
219: What refers to the depth of a petroleum product in a tank?

    a. Innage
    b. Outage
    c. Thievage
    d. Ullage
220: The best method to secure a towline to bitts is to __________.

    a. take a round turn on the bitt farthest from the pull and use figure-eights
    b. take a round turn on the bitt closest to the pull and use figure-eights
    c. use figure-eights and take a round turn at the top of the bitts
    d. use only figure-eights
221: A vessel arrives in a foreign port and the Master is informed that the vessel is being sold to foreign interests. The new owners request that the crew remain on board to complete the voyage. Under these circumstances, the crew __________.

    a. has the right to an immediate discharge and transportation to original port of engagement
    b. must remain on board
    c. must comply with the decision made by the Master
    d. must remain aboard until the vessel is delivered to the new owners at a mutually agreed upon port
222: A lot of special cargo of similar cartons, as shown, is to be loaded. What is the weight of the consignment? (D042DG )

    a. 50 pounds
    b. 1100 pounds
    c. 1200 pounds
    d. 1250 pounds
223: Who is responsible for providing urine specimen collection kits to be used following a serious marine incident?

    a. Qualified medical personnel
    b. The marine employer
    c. The U.S. Coast Guard
    d. The local police department
224: The term "Shift the Rudder" means __________.

    a. put the rudder amidships
    b. use right or left rudder
    c. check, but do not stop the vessel from swinging
    d. change from right to left or left or right
225: For safety reasons, when assistance towing __________.

    a. the disabled vessel should be towed to the nearest port
    b. the disabled vessel should be inspected for flammable gases
    c. passengers should always be removed from the disabled vessel
    d. personnel on the disabled vessel should don PFD's
226: Which statement is TRUE concerning the vessel's slipstream?

    a. It has no effect on the steering of the vessel.
    b. It has no effect on the rudder when the helm is amidships.
    c. Its velocity is the same as that of the wake.
    d. The propeller gives it a helical motion.
227: An ocean towing bridle should __________.

    a. have equal legs of sufficient length
    b. have a large angle between the legs
    c. be formed on a bight of cable through a ring
    d. never be made up of chain
228: Securing cargo by running timbers from an upper support down to the cargo, either vertically or at an angle, is called __________.

    a. braces
    b. dunnage
    c. shores
    d. toms
229: Which refers to the depth of a petroleum product in a tank?

    a. Outage
    b. Ullage
    c. Thievage
    d. Innage
230: You are the Master of a 500-gross ton passenger vessel operating on rivers. Your vessel accidentally runs aground. Under the regulations for passenger vessels, you must notify the __________.

    a. Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in damage to property in excess of $25,000
    b. nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Marine Inspection Office as soon as possible
    c. Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in a loss of life
    d. Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in injury to personnel
230: You are the Master of a 500-gross ton passenger vessel operating on rivers. Your vessel accidentally runs aground. Under the regulations for passenger vessels, you must notify the __________.

    a. Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in damage to property in excess of $25,000
    b. nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Marine Inspection Office as soon as possible
    c. Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in a loss of life
    d. Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in injury to personnel
232: The angle at which the fluke penetrates the soil is called the __________.

    a. tripping angle
    b. fluke angle
    c. penetration angle
    d. holding angle
233: A vessel brought alongside should be fended off the towing vessel by __________.

    a. crew members using their arms
    b. a boat hook
    c. fenders
    d. No fending is necessary due to the rugged construction of most towing vessels.
234: The helm command "shift your rudder" means __________.

    a. double your rudder angle or go to full rudder
    b. bring your rudder amidships
    c. change from right rudder to left rudder, or vice versa, an equal number of degrees
    d. check the swing of the vessel
235: Which ending is NOT acceptable in a wire rope that is free to rotate when hoisting?

    a. Poured socket
    b. Liverpool eye splice
    c. Eye formed with a pressure clamped sleeve
    d. Eye formed by clips
236: As the propeller turns, voids are formed on the trailing and leading edges of the propeller blades causing a loss of propulsive efficiency, pitting of the blades, and vibration. These voids are known as __________.

    a. advance
    b. cavitation
    c. edging
    d. slip
237: The latch of a safety hook __________.

    a. increases the strength of the hook
    b. prevents the sling ring from coming out of the hook if the strain is abruptly eased
    c. prevents the sling ring from coming out of the hook if there is a strain on the sling ring
    d. All of the above
238: A shore is a piece of securing dunnage that __________.

    a. runs from a low supporting level up to the cargo at an angle
    b. is also known as a "distance piece"
    c. is placed on the deck under the cargo to distribute its weight evenly
    d. is run horizontally from a support to the cargo
239: Flame screens are used to __________.

    a. contain flammable fumes
    b. protect firefighters from flames
    c. prevent flames from entering tanks
    d. keep flames and sparks from getting out of an engine's exhaust system
240: The best way to lift many small articles aboard your vessel is with a __________.

    a. pallet
    b. barrel hook
    c. spreader
    d. snotter
241: If there are any changes in the crew in a foreign port, the changes will be made by __________.

    a. the Master on the Certified Crew List
    b. the Master on the Shipping Articles
    c. U.S. Consul on the Certified Crew List
    d. U.S. Consul on the Shipping Articles
243: A towing vessel becomes tripped while towing on a hawser astern. What factor is MOST important when assessing the risk of capsizing?

    a. Length of the towline
    b. Height of the towline connection
    c. Longitudinal position of the towline connection
    d. Direction of opposing force
244: "Hard right rudder" means __________.

    a. put the rudder over to the right all the way
    b. jam the rudder against the stops
    c. meet a swing to the right, then return to amidships
    d. put the rudder over quickly to 15° right rudder
245: The fitting that allows a boom to move freely both vertically and laterally is called the __________.

    a. swivel
    b. lizard
    c. spider band
    d. gooseneck
246: The force exerted by a propeller which tends to throw the stern right or left is called __________.

    a. slip
    b. sidewise force
    c. rotational force
    d. thrust
247: The main advantage and chief characteristic of a Steulchen boom is that it can be __________.

    a. operated by one winchman
    b. cradled on deck
    c. swung from one hatch to the adjacent hatch
    d. collared to the mast
248: Dunnage may be used to protect a cargo from loss or damage by _______________________ .

    a. ship's sweat
    b. inherent vice
    c. tainting
    d. hygroscopic absorption
249: Functions aboard a tanker or tank barge such as connecting, disconnecting, and topping off must be supervised by __________.

    a. any certificated tankerman
    b. the Master of the vessel
    c. the officer of the watch
    d. the person designated as "person in charge"
250: The damage to a vessel is over $25,000. Who must notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Marine Inspection Office as soon as possible?

    a. The crew members
    b. The Master of the vessel
    c. The port authorities
    d. All of the above
251: A seaman lost his continuous discharge book during the voyage. Upon discharge from Articles, he should be issued a __________.

    a. letter of service on company letterhead signed and sealed by the master
    b. Record of Entry in a Continuous Discharge Book for use in applying for a duplicate book
    c. Certificate of Discharge with the white copy forwarded to the Commandant
    d. Mutual Release (CG-2119), and the articles should be annotated as to the loss
252: You have orders to load cargoes of carbon disulfide, diisopropylamine and pyridine on your multi-product tankship. Which statement is true?

    a. Carbon disulfide may be carried in NOS. 1 and 2 center tanks and diisopropylamine in NOS. 1 and 2 wing tanks.
    b. Pyridine and diisopropylamine may not be carried in tanks having a common header vent.
    c. Pyridine must be separated from carbon disulfide by two barriers (cofferdams, voids, empty tanks, etc.).
    d. A tank of diisopropylamine may be used to separate a tank of pyridine from a tank of carbon disulfide.
253: The forward movement of a vessel in one revolution of its propeller is measured by __________.

    a. advance
    b. head reach
    c. the pitch
    d. transfer
254: "Ease the rudder" means to __________.

    a. move the rudder slowly in the direction of the most recent rudder command
    b. bring the rudder amidships
    c. decrease the rudder angle
    d. steer the course which is your present heading
256: When fruit is carried as refrigerated cargo, the most frequent cause of its being infected at the discharge port is __________.

    a. leaks in the ship's refrigeration system
    b. improper cleaning of the cargo spaces
    c. carriage at the wrong temperature
    d. improper precooling of the cargo spaces
257: The distance between the surface of the liquid and the tank top in a cargo tank is called __________.

    a. thievage
    b. innage
    c. ullage
    d. tankage
258: Your U.S. tankship is designed to carry anhydrous ammonia in bulk. The keel was laid in 1980. Which statement concerning the carriage of this cargo is TRUE?

    a. A flammable gas detection system must be installed in each cargo pump room.
    b. The cargo may be gauged by automatic float type devices.
    c. Carriage of this cargo is authorized by issuance of an IMO Certificate.
    d. Aluminum, copper, zinc, and mercury are allowed in valve parts in contact with the cargo.
260: You receive a package, for shipment aboard your vessel, containing Class 1 explosives. The package is damp, moldy and stained. You must __________.

    a. have the U.S.C.G. Captain of the Port approve the shipment
    b. note an exception on the Bill of Lading
    c. repair or replace the packaging before stowage
    d. seek the shipper's advice with regard to withdrawal, repair, or replacement
261: A seaman about to be discharged has a Continuous Discharge Book. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. A Certificate of Discharge Form should be attached to the book.
    b. An entry should be made in the book and a Certificate of Discharge Form issued to the seaman.
    c. If a vessel was on coastwise articles, the record of discharge will be made in the Official Logbook.
    d. The record of entry in the book must be submitted to the Coast Guard.
262: Mousing a cargo hook with marline or small line __________.

    a. increases the lifting capacity of the hook
    b. protects the hook from the sling ring
    c. prevents the sling ring from coming out of the hook
    d. All of the above
263: Which type of hull damage should be repaired FIRST?

    a. Damage below the waterline
    b. Damage to interior watertight boundaries
    c. Damage in way of machinery rooms
    d. Damage at or just above the waterline
264: The total weight of cargo, fuel, water, stores, passengers and crew, and their effects, that a ship can carry, is the __________.

    a. bale cubic
    b. deadweight
    c. gross tonnage
    d. loaded displacement
265: Which statement is TRUE about hooks and shackles?

    a. Hooks are stronger than shackles of the same diameter.
    b. Shackles are stronger than hooks of the same diameter.
    c. Hooks and shackles of the same diameter are of equal strength.
    d. All the above may be true, depending on the hook's or shackle's overall length.
266: The distance that a ship moves forward with each revolution of its propeller, if there is no slip, is called __________.

    a. advance
    b. head reach
    c. pitch
    d. transfer
267: Which statement is NOT true concerning the stowage of class 1 explosives?

    a. Class 1.1 explosives may be stowed with class 9 dangerous substances
    b. Class 1.4 explosives must be "separated from" a stow of class 5.1 oxidizing materials.
    c. Class 1.4 explosives may not be stowed in the same hold with class 6.1 poisons.
    d. Class 1.4 explosives must be "separated from" a stow of class 8 corrosive materials.
268: When a deck cargo is secured with chain or wire lashings and grab (pear) links, which statement is FALSE?

    a. The amount of take-up is limited by the length of the turnbuckle.
    b. At the grab (pear) link, the slack end of chain should be led back and secured to the chain above the link.
    c. The lashings should be inspected each day and any slack taken up.
    d. The turnbuckle should be secured with a stick or lock nuts.
270: The disadvantage of using a heaving line to pass a towline is that __________.

    a. it increases the likelihood of collision between the towing vessel and the disabled vessel
    b. recreational boaters tend to make the heaving line fast to the towed vessel as if it were the towline
    c. the monkey fist may injure someone
    d. it may reduce the catenary and increase yawing
271: Total responsibility for shipping and discharging the seamen is that of the __________.

    a. Master of the vessel
    b. steamship company
    c. U.S. Custom Service
    d. U.S. Coast Guard
272: When measuring the oxygen content of the cargo tanks prior to loading cargoes requiring vapor recovery, check it __________.

    a. one meter from the tank bottom and one meter below the tank top
    b. one half the ullage of the tank and one meter below the tank top
    c. one half the ullage of the tank and one meter above the tank bottom
    d. at three meter intervals from the tank top to the bottom
273: You will load class 1.2 commercial explosives and need to construct a portable magazine. The magazine MUST __________.

    a. be made of metal
    b. be elevated with skids 10cm (3.9 inches) above the deck
    c. have a hinged cover
    d. be fastened with nails or screws
274: What is the difference between net tonnage and gross tonnage?

    a. Net tonnage is the gross tonnage less certain deductible spaces.
    b. Net tonnage is tonnage of cargo compared to tonnage of whole ship.
    c. Net tonnage is gross tonnage minus engine and bunker spaces.
    d. Net tonnage is the net weight of the ship.
275: You have taken another vessel in tow. You can tell that the towing speed is too fast when the __________.

    a. vessels are not in step
    b. tow line feels like it is "jumping" when touched
    c. catenary comes clear of the water
    d. towed vessel goes "in irons"
276: As a ship moves through the water, it causes a wake, which is also moving forward relative to the sea. In addition to a fore and aft motion, this wake also has a(n) __________.

    a. downward and inward flow
    b. downward and outward flow
    c. upward and inward flow
    d. upward and outward flow
277: Allied Naval Control of Shipping (NCS) has been established. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. The Naval Control of Shipping Organization of each nation will serve their own ships only.
    b. Allied ships, which are at sea when an emergency is declared, will all be controlled by a central authority.
    c. The conduct of US-flag ships in an allied port will be controlled by US NCS authorities.
    d. After Naval Control of Shipping has been established, permission to sail must come from local naval authorities or consular officers.
278: Regulations concerning the stowage, lashing, and securing of timber deck cargoes aboard general cargo vessels may be found in the __________.

    a. International Cargo Bureau Regulations
    b. Load Line Regulations
    c. Rules and Regulations for Cargo and Miscellaneous Vessels
    d. vessel's classification society rules and regulations
280: Your ship is in a neutral port when full Naval Control of Shipping is established. You may expect to be boarded and instructed by a(n) __________.

    a. U.S. Naval Control of Shipping Officer
    b. allied Naval Control of Shipping Officer
    c. Consular Shipping Advisors (CONSA)
    d. Any of the above
281: Which action will take place if a crew member is replaced in a U.S. port after foreign articles have been signed, and the ship proceeds foreign?

    a. The Master will remove the replaced man's name from the Certified Crew List but not from the articles.
    b. The name of the new man is added to the articles but not to the Certified Crew List.
    c. The U.S. Consul will remove the replaced man's name from the Certified Crew List.
    d. The U.S. Consul will add the new man's name to the Certified Crew List.
282: The owner, agent, Master or person-in-charge of a "T-Boat" involved in a marine casualty causing injury that requires professional medical treatment must __________.

    a. immediately notify the nearest USCG MSO, MIO, or Group Office
    b. keep all voyage records and make them available to Coast Guard investigators
    c. file a written report (CG2692) of the casualty within five days
    d. All of the above
284: The beam of a vessel refers to the __________.

    a. depth between decks
    b. internal cubic capacity
    c. molded depth of the vessel
    d. width of the vessel
285: Which form of navigation may be suspended without notice under defense planning?

    a. celestial
    b. electronic
    c. piloting
    d. None of the above
286: Sidewise force of the propeller tends to throw a vessel's stern to the right or left, depending on rotation. This force is caused by __________.

    a. back current from the rudder
    b. greater pressure on the right or left side of the propeller, depending on rotation
    c. lower pressure on the right or left side of the propeller, depending on rotation
    d. torque from the velocity and angle at which the surrounding water impinges upon the propeller blades
287: On the cargo manifest, the weight of the cargo inside a box is called __________.

    a. gross weight
    b. net weight
    c. light weight
    d. rate weight
290: What is NOT a form used by ice support services to disseminate information?

    a. Ice Analyses
    b. Ice Forecasts
    c. Ice Outlooks
    d. Ice Bulletins
291: You are the licensed operator of a 100 GT towing vessel making coastwise runs. Whenever a crew member is discharged from your vessel you must __________.

    a. issue a Certificate of Discharge and make an entry in his Continuous Discharge Book
    b. issue a Certificate of Discharge or make an entry in his Continuous Discharge Book
    c. retain the crew member's Continuous Discharge Book onboard
    d. retain the crew member's Certificate of Discharge onboard
292: Stress on the topping lift of a swinging boom can be reduced by __________.

    a. rigging a back stay
    b. raising the boom
    c. increasing the mechanical advantage of the cargo purchase
    d. taking all slack out of the preventer
293: Which space(s) is(are) NOT exempt when measuring gross tonnage?

    a. Auxiliary machinery spaces above the deck
    b. Steering gear room
    c. Cargo holds
    d. Galley in a deckhouse
294: Displacement refers to the __________.

    a. cubic capacity of a vessel
    b. deadweight carrying capacity of a vessel
    c. gross tonnage of a vessel
    d. number of long tons of water displaced by a vessel afloat
295: Which publication offers information on Great Lakes ice services?

    a. Light List volume VII
    b. U.S. Coast Pilot #6
    c. Marine Weather Log
    d. National Weather Service, Ice Outlooks
296: You are on a course of 000°T and put the rudder right 30°. In which direction will the transfer be measured?

    a. 000°T
    b. 090°T
    c. 180°T
    d. 270°T
297: Commercial ships or other persons or agencies requiring the assistance of Canadian Coast Guard icebreakers should first contact __________.

    a. the Canadian Coast Guard
    b. Ice Sarnia
    c. the Ice Navigation Center
    d. the icebreaker assigned to the area
299: Cargo transfer operations on a tank vessel need NOT be stopped when __________.

    a. a tug comes alongside while the tanker is loading grade D and E cargoes
    b. a large, fresh oil spill is discovered immediately adjacent to the side of the tanker
    c. there is an electrical storm in the vicinity
    d. there is a fire on the dock or on a nearby vessel
300: On which form do you provide a written report of Marine Casualty to the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety Office?

    a. DD 214
    b. CG 2692
    c. DOT 211
    d. CG 5511
301: You are signing on a crew. Which person is presenting a Merchant Mariner's Document (MMD) that you should suspect as being invalid?

    a. An AB with an endorsement of "Any unlicensed rating in the deck department including Able Seaman"
    b. A seaman with an MMD only endorsed as "Bosun"
    c. A Purser with an MMD only endorsed "See certificate of registry"
    d. A Chief Steward with an MMD only endorsed as "Steward's Dept. (FH)"
302: You are on a multiple-product chemical tanker with orders to load diethylamine. What is NOT a requirement for transporting this cargo?

    a. You must have two toxic vapor detectors or the pumproom must meet special requirements.
    b. Each crew member must be provided with an emergency escape breathing apparatus.
    c. A person taking cargo samples must wear protective clothing.
    d. If you are carrying propionic acid also, the venting systems must be segregated.
303: What requires a Report of Marine Accident, Injury or Death?

    a. Collision with a bridge
    b. Injury beyond first aid
    c. loss of life
    d. All of the above
304: To warp a vessel means to __________.

    a. anchor the vessel
    b. bring the head into the wind
    c. clean the decks
    d. move the vessel by hauling on lines
305: What is considered a Serious Marine Incident?

    a. an allision that results in $500 damage to a boat dock
    b. an injury to a crewmember, passenger, or other person which requires professional medical treatment beyond first aid
    c. grounding of a vessel on a sandbar that does not result in injuries and/or any damage to the vessel
    d. None of the above
306: You are aboard a single-screw vessel with a right-handed propeller. The vessel is dead in the water and the rudder is amidships. If you reverse your engine you would expect your vessel to __________.

    a. kick its stern to port
    b. kick its stern to starboard
    c. move astern without swinging
    d. swing its stern to starboard, then to port
307: Which type of chemical testing is NOT required of merchant marine personnel?

    a. Pre-employment
    b. Periodic
    c. Random
    d. Annual
309: When planning the loading or discharging of a VLCC (100,000 DWT+) what is the most important consideration?

    a. Draft and trim
    b. Limits of the bending moments
    c. Rate of discharging
    d. Rate of loading
310: Operators of Uninspected Passenger Vessels are required to keep their Coast Guard License aboard __________.

    a. only when operating more than one mile from shore
    b. only when operating at night
    c. only when carrying passengers for hire
    d. At all times
311: The Shipping Articles shall be signed by each seaman and the __________.

    a. Master of the vessel
    b. Shipping Commissioner
    c. U.S. Coast Guard
    d. U.S. Customs Service
312: If you are bunkering and you close off one tank in the line of tanks being filled, the rate of flow to other open tanks on the same line will __________.

    a. increase
    b. decrease
    c. stop
    d. remain constant
313: With the exception of a Coast Guard approved commercial hybrid Personal Flotation Device (PFD), which type of life preserver must be carried for each person on board an uninspected passenger vessel?

    a. Type I
    b. Type II
    c. Type III
    d. None of the above
314: "Avast" means __________.

    a. let go
    b. pull
    c. slack off
    d. stop
315: A vessel must have one approved ring life buoy on board if its length is over how many feet?

    a. 6 feet
    b. 16 feet
    c. 26 feet
    d. 36 feet
319: Static electricity may be built up by the __________.

    a. flow of petroleum through pipes
    b. spraying or splashing of petroleum
    c. settling of solids or water in petroleum
    d. All of the above
320: Containers of flammable solids should be conspicuously labeled by the shipper with a __________.

    a. green label
    b. red and white label
    c. orange label
    d. yellow label
321: Which is a TRUE statement concerning the examining of cargo equipment at the time of a vessels Inspection for Certification.

    a. Cargo booms must be weight tested at this time by the U.S. Coast Guard.
    b. Cargo booms must be weight tested at this time by the American Bureau of Shipping.
    c. Cargo booms must be weight tested at this time by the National Cargo Bureau.
    d. No test at this time is required.
323: You are transporting dangerous cargo on your vessel. The regulations require you to __________.

    a. periodically inspect it and make an entry in a log
    b. keep a warning sign posted nearby
    c. keep a fire hose run out and ready for use if needed
    d. allow no chipping or painting in the vicinity of the cargo
324: A "chock" is a __________.

    a. deck fitting used to secure mooring lines
    b. casting fitted at the side of a weather deck, used as a fairlead
    c. sharp block of wood used to support hygroscopic cargo
    d. smoke pipe for the galley stove
325: A deck fitting, used to secure line or wire rope, consisting of a single body with two protruding horns is called a __________.

    a. bitt
    b. bollard
    c. capstan
    d. cleat
326: In order to back a right-handed, single-screw vessel in a straight line, you will probably need to use __________.

    a. very little rudder
    b. some left rudder
    c. some right rudder
    d. full left rudder
327: You are on a multiple product tankship and carrying methyl acrylate, diethanolamine, and triethylamine. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. Methyl acrylate may be loaded in a tank adjacent to diethanolamine but not triethylamine.
    b. The heating coils to the cargo tank loaded with methyl acrylate must be blanked off.
    c. Valve components made of aluminum, copper, or zinc may not be in contact with the cargoes.
    d. Each crew member working on deck must have an emergency escape breathing apparatus.
329: Litmus paste is used in order to determine __________.

    a. innage
    b. thievage
    c. ullage
    d. the tank's datum point
330: You have completed a Dangerous Cargo Manifest for dangerous cargoes loaded on board. It should be kept in a conspicuous location __________.

    a. in the radio room
    b. in the ship's office
    c. on or near the bridge
    d. outside the Captain's stateroom
331: Shipping articles are a contract of agreement between the members of the crew and the __________.

    a. charterers
    b. Coast Guard
    c. Master
    d. vessel's owner
332: The helm command "Meet her" means __________.

    a. steer more carefully
    b. use rudder to check the swing
    c. decrease the existing rudder angle
    d. note the course and steady on that heading
334: The space above the engine room is called the __________.

    a. fidley
    b. gold locker
    c. middle hatch
    d. noble
335: You are steaming in a heavy gale and find it necessary to heave to. Under most circumstances, this is best done by __________.

    a. stopping the engines and drifting beam to the seas
    b. going slow astern and taking the seas on the quarter
    c. taking the sea fine on the bow and reducing the speed to the minimum to hold that position
    d. maintaining speed and taking the sea broad on the bow
336: When a vessel with a single right-hand propeller backs to port the __________.

    a. bow falls off to starboard
    b. vessel moves to port without changing heading
    c. bow swings to port
    d. vessel moves to starboard without changing heading
337: On a coastwise tugboat of 199 GT, on a voyage over 600 miles, what percentage of the deck crew (excluding licensed officers) must hold a document of able seaman?

    a. 65%
    b. 50%
    c. 25%
    d. 0%
339: Oil product samples should be taken from the __________.

    a. dock riser
    b. ship's cargo tanks
    c. shore tank discharge
    d. All of the above
340: Argon is classified as a __________.

    a. corrosive
    b. flammable gas
    c. flammable liquid
    d. nonflammable gas
341: The Certificate of Freeboard is the __________.

    a. Load Line Certificate
    b. Certificate of Inspection
    c. Admeasurer's Certificate
    d. Forecastle Card
342: You are on a multiple-product chemical tanker with orders to load diethylamine. What is NOT a requirement for transporting this cargo?

    a. You must have two toxic vapor detectors or the pumproom must meet special requirements.
    b. Each crew member must be provided with an emergency escape breathing apparatus.
    c. A person taking cargo samples must wear protective clothing.
    d. If you are also carrying allyl alcohol, the venting systems must be segregated.
344: The purpose of a bilge well is to __________.

    a. afford access to the shell through the double bottoms
    b. collect water to be pumped out
    c. provide access for the pneumercator
    d. provide a base line for sounding measurements
345: What does the helm command "shift the rudder" mean?

    a. Put the rudder amidships and hold the heading steady as she goes.
    b. Put the rudder over to the opposite side, the same number of degrees it is now.
    c. Shift the rudder control to the alternate steering method.
    d. Stop the swing of the ship.
346: A vessel is equipped with a single right-handed screw. With rudder amidships and calm wind, the vessel will most likely back __________.

    a. straight astern
    b. to port
    c. to starboard
    d. in no particular direction
347: You are the person in charge of a 199 GRT uninspected towing vessel engaged in coastwise towing from the Gulf of Mexico to the New York area, a distance in excess of 600 miles. Which statement is FALSE?

    a. Certificates of Discharge are not required to be issued.
    b. All crew members shall have Merchant Mariner's Documents.
    c. Able seamen are required in the deck crew.
    d. The sailors shall be divided into 3 watches.
349: The periodic weight testing of a vessel's cargo booms may be performed by the __________.

    a. U.S. Coast Guard
    b. American Bureau of Shipping
    c. National Cargo Bureau
    d. Society of Naval Architects and Marine Engineers
351: Which certificate is issued by the American Bureau of Shipping?

    a. Certificate of Inspection
    b. Load Line Certificate
    c. Safety Equipment Certificate
    d. Permit to Proceed for repairs
354: A "stopper" is __________.

    a. a short length of line used for temporarily holding another line
    b. a snatch block for handling a topping lift
    c. an engine order telegraph
    d. the brake on a cargo winch
355: Generally, you can best keep a vessel under steering control when the vessel has __________.

    a. headway
    b. sternway
    c. no way on, with engines stopped
    d. no way on, with engines full ahead
355: Generally, you can best keep a vessel under steering control when the vessel has __________.

    a. headway
    b. sternway
    c. no way on, with engines stopped
    d. no way on, with engines full ahead
356: It is possible, and sometimes necessary, to strengthen the deck of a vessel for carriage of deck cargo by __________.

    a. placing bunker on the deck
    b. building a stage on which to place the cargo
    c. welding steel "feet" to the deck, on which the cargo is placed
    d. erecting vertical pillars under the deck to support the cargo
357: What does the proof test load of an anchor chain demonstrate?

    a. Breaking strength of the chain
    b. Strength of the chain to a specified limit
    c. Adequate holding power for new bottom conditions
    d. Safe working load of the chain
360: The label required on containers carrying barium oxide in an international shipment must read __________.

    a. "Poison"
    b. "Spontaneously Combustible"
    c. "Radioactive"
    d. "Infectious Substance"
361: The strictest load line regulations apply to __________.

    a. gas carriers
    b. freighters (break-bulk)
    c. passenger ships
    d. tankers
362: A towing vessel is tripped when __________.

    a. it is overtaken by the tow
    b. it is pulled sideways by the tow
    c. the weight of the towing hawser causes loss of maneuverability
    d. the propeller is fouled by the towing hawser
363: Which space(s) is(are) deducted from gross tonnage to derive net tonnage?

    a. Companions and booby hatches
    b. Chart room
    c. Open structures
    d. All of the above
364: A long ton is __________.

    a. 1,000 pounds
    b. 2,000 pounds
    c. 2,240 pounds
    d. 2,400 pounds
366: When backing down with sternway, the pivot point of a vessel is __________.

    a. at the bow
    b. about one-third of the vessel's length from the bow
    c. about one-quarter of the vessel's length from the stern
    d. aft of the propellers
370: Cottonseed oil is classed as a __________.

    a. combustible liquid
    b. flammable liquid
    c. flammable solid
    d. poison B
371: In the United States, the load line markings are set by the __________.

    a. American Bureau of Shipping
    b. Coast Guard
    c. Federal Maritime Board
    d. IMO
372: Keeping the draft at or below the load line mark will insure that the vessel has adequate __________.

    a. ballast
    b. reserve buoyancy
    c. displacement
    d. rolling periods
374: Holes in the bulwark, which allow deck water to drain into the sea, are __________.

    a. doggers
    b. fidleys
    c. freeing ports
    d. swash ports
375: The best line for towing small vessels is __________.

    a. three strand nylon
    b. double-braided nylon
    c. polypropylene
    d. manila
376: You are aboard a right-handed single-screw vessel with headway on. The engine is put full astern and the rudder hard left. What will the bow do?

    a. It will swing to the left, and will swing left faster as the vessel loses way.
    b. It will swing to the left, straighten out and then swing to the right as the vessel loses way.
    c. It will swing to the left without increasing or decreasing its swing.
    d. The bow will swing to the right.
378: In preparation for receiving chilled reefer cargo, the reefer space has been precooled for over twenty-four hours. Loading may begin when the space has been cooled to a temperature between __________.

    a. -10°F (-23°C) and +10°F (-12°C)
    b. 12°F (-11°C) and 20°F (-7°C)
    c. 28°F (-2°C) and 40°F ( 4°C)
    d. 42°F (6°C) and 55°F (13°C)
380: The (auto)ignition temperature is that temperature at which_______.

    a. no spark or flame is required to ignite gas or vapor
    b. a fuel begins to give off explosive vapors
    c. a fuel if ignited will continue to burn
    d. a 1% mixture of the fuel with air will explode
383: What is TRUE of pressure/vacuum valves?

    a. They are designed to provide for the flow of small volumes of tank atmospheres caused by thermal variations in a cargo tank.
    b. They should operate in advance of the pressure/vacuum breakers.
    c. They should be kept in good working order by regular inspection and cleaning.
    d. All of the above
384: A "strongback" refers to a __________.

    a. bar securing a cargo port
    b. centerline vertical bulkhead
    c. deep beam
    d. spanner stay
385: In controlling pollution, which action should be taken after all dirty ballast has been transferred to the slop tank and prior to discharge through the oily water separator?

    a. The clean tanks should be ballasted.
    b. The slops should be allowed time to settle.
    c. Chemicals should be added to emulsify the oil.
    d. The dirty ballast tank is crude oil washed.
386: You are maneuvering a vessel with a right-hand propeller. The rudder is amidships. The vessel will generally back __________.

    a. to port
    b. to starboard
    c. in a straight line directly astern
    d. downstream, the stern going in the direction of the current
386: You are maneuvering a vessel with a right-hand propeller. The rudder is amidships. The vessel will generally back __________.

    a. to port
    b. to starboard
    c. in a straight line directly astern
    d. downstream, the stern going in the direction of the current
389: When hooking up a cargo hose to your vessel's manifold, you should use a(n)______________.

    a. international shore connection
    b. insulating flange or single length of non-conducting hose
    c. self-contained breathing apparatus
    d. oxygen analyzer
390: A package contains nitric acid solution and is radioactive. The radiation level at the package surface is .36 millirems per hour. How should this package be labeled?

    a. Radioactive II and oxidizer
    b. Radioactive II and poison
    c. Radioactive I and corrosive
    d. Fissile class I
390: A package contains nitric acid solution and is radioactive. The radiation level at the package surface is .36 millirems per hour. How should this package be labeled?

    a. Radioactive II and oxidizer
    b. Radioactive II and poison
    c. Radioactive I and corrosive
    d. Fissile class I
391: A tonnage tax is levied according to the __________.

    a. deadweight cargo tonnage aboard
    b. displacement tonnage of vessel
    c. gross tonnage of vessel
    d. net tonnage of vessel
392: Which statement is TRUE concerning insulating flanges?

    a. They should be inspected and tested periodically to ensure that the insulation is clean and in good condition.
    b. Switching off a cathodic protection system may be substituted for using an insulating flange
    c. The measured resistance value after installation should be less than 1,000 ohms.
    d. After the insulating flange is installed, hot work may be performed on deck.
394: The rope which is rove from the truck to be used with a bos'n's chair is called a __________.

    a. gantline
    b. life line
    c. strop
    d. whip
395: The vertical motion of a floating vessel in which the entire hull is lifted by the force of the sea is known as __________.

    a. surge
    b. sway
    c. heave
    d. pitch
396: A vessel is equipped with twin propellers, both turning outboard with the engines half ahead. If there is no wind or current and the rudders are amidships, what will happen?

    a. The bow will swing to starboard.
    b. The bow will swing to port.
    c. The vessel will steer a zigzag course.
    d. The vessel will steer a fairly straight course.
397: Which statement is TRUE concerning deep well self-priming pumps?

    a. When loading oil cargo, it is always loaded via the discharge line through to the pump until the tank is topped off.
    b. Stripping systems are generally eliminated for the purposes of cargo handling.
    c. In recent years deep well pumps have become increasingly unpopular in product tankers and medium size crude ships.
    d. There is no danger of damaging the pump from overheating.
398: Peck and Hale gear is used most commonly for securing __________.

    a. automobiles
    b. baled cargo
    c. large wooden crates
    d. palletized cargo
400: You are on a containership carrying a tank container that had been filled with sodium hydroxide solution. The container is empty but has not been cleaned. Which, if any, placard is required?

    a. No placard is required; the tank openings must be sealed
    b. Empty placard with corrosive placard
    c. Residue label with the UN number
    d. Black and white corrosive placard
404: A vessel's "quarter" is that section which is __________.

    a. abeam
    b. dead astern
    c. just aft of the bow
    d. on either side of the stern
405: At the establishment of Naval Control of Shipping (NCS), ships at sea will __________.

    a. stop and await further orders
    b. attempt to make their way to the nearest port of a friendly nation and await further instructions
    c. continue voyages unless in danger areas defined in the advisory or supplemental message
    d. keep radio silence
406: A twin-screw vessel with a single rudder is making headway. The engines are full speed ahead. There is no wind or current. Which statement is FALSE?

    a. If one screw is stopped, the ship will turn toward the side of the stopped screw.
    b. The principal force which turns the ship is set up by the wake against the forward side of the rudder.
    c. Turning response by use of the rudder only is greater than on a single-screw vessel.
    d. With the rudder amidships, the ship will steer a fairly steady course.
407: You are carrying cargoes of crotonaldehyde, phosphoric acid, and morpholine on your multiple-product tankship. Which of the following statements is TRUE?

    a. Each of the cargoes must be segregated from the other by at least two barriers.
    b. The minimum protective clothing required for taking samples of phosphoric acid is goggles or a face shield.
    c. Aluminum, copper, and zinc are prohibited in all valve parts in contact with these cargoes.
    d. The required warning sign must have the legend "cancer hazard" added to it.
408: What is the meaning of the term tare weight?

    a. Pounds of force necessary to damage a container
    b. Total weight of a container and contents
    c. Weight of a container
    d. Weight of the contents of a container
409: A tanker is loaded with 5,000 barrels of petroleum. The cargo was loaded at a temperature of 70°F, and the coefficient of expansion is .0004. What is the net amount in barrels of cargo loaded?

    a. 4800
    b. 4980
    c. 5020
    d. 5200
410: You are loading a cargo tank on your container ship. The tank displays the red label shown. Which statement is TRUE? (D023DG )

    a. The tank contains propylene.
    b. The tank's volume is 1077 cubic feet.
    c. There are three tanks in the shipment.
    d. The tank contains an oxidizing material.
411: Tonnage tax is officially based upon the figures obtained from the __________.

    a. Admeasurement Certificate
    b. deadweight scale
    c. displacement scale
    d. Load Line Certificate
413: A person is found operating a vessel while under the influence of alcohol. He/she is liable for __________.

    a. imprisonment for up to three years
    b. a civil penalty of not more than $5,000
    c. a fine of not more than $3,000
    d. a fine of not more than $10,000
414: To "ease" a line means to __________.

    a. cast off
    b. double up so that one line does not take all the strain
    c. pay out line to remove most of the tension
    d. slack it off quickly
415: A person is found operating a vessel while intoxicated. He/she is liable for __________.

    a. imprisonment for up to one year
    b. a civil penalty of not more than $1,000
    c. a fine of not more than $2,000
    d. a civil penalty of not more than $5,000
416: While moving ahead, a twin-screw ship has an advantage over a single-screw ship because __________.

    a. correct trim will be obtained more easily
    b. drag effect will be cancelled out
    c. side forces will be eliminated
    d. speed will be increased
417: When inspecting wire rope that has been in use for some time, one must look for __________.

    a. fishhooks
    b. kinks
    c. worn spots
    d. All of the above
418: On a vessel proceeding from a very cold to a warm climate with a cargo of a nonhygroscopic nature in the holds, which is TRUE?

    a. Danger of heavy ship sweat exists; constant and vigorous ventilation is required.
    b. There is danger of heavy cargo sweat if outside air is introduced by ventilation.
    c. There is little danger of ship's sweat, slight possibility of cargo sweat; moderate ventilation is needed.
    d. The possibility of any sweat problem, either cargo or ship, is remote.
419: A cargo of 10,000 barrels of gasoline is loaded at a temperature of 90°F, and a cargo temperature of 55°F, is expected on this voyage. It has a coefficient of expansion of .0006. How many barrels would you expect to discharge at your destination?

    a. 9790
    b. 9994
    c. 10210
    d. 10410
420: In handling break bulk hazardous materials, it is forbidden to use __________.

    a. cargo nets
    b. metal bale hooks
    c. pallets
    d. slings
421: An International Tonnage Certificate will be issued to a vessel when it meets several requirements, one of which is that the vessel must __________.

    a. admeasure over 100 GT
    b. be 79 or more feet in length
    c. engage in intercoastal or international trade
    d. be issued a Certificate of Inspection
422: Which method should be used to secure a synthetic fiber line to two bitts?

    a. Two round turns on the bitt closest to the strain and then figure eights
    b. Two round turns on the bitt farthest from the strain and then figure eights
    c. Figure eights and then a round turn at the top of both bitts
    d. Only figure eights are necessary on both bitts
423: When securing a synthetic line to a bitt what is the minimum number of round turns you should take before figure-eighting the line?

    a. None
    b. 1
    c. 2
    d. 3
424: Faking a line means to __________.

    a. arrange it on deck in long bights
    b. coil it down on deck
    c. put a whipping on it
    d. stow it below
426: You are stopped with no way upon your vessel at the pilot station. Your vessel is a large twin-screw ship. You must come around 180° to board your Pilot. How should you use the engines and rudder to turn the ship fastest in the least amount of space?

    a. Full ahead on the engines and hard over rudder
    b. Full ahead on one engine, full astern on the other
    c. Half ahead with hard over rudder, then full astern on inboard engine
    d. Slow ahead with hard over rudder
427: What is the greatest danger of an overriding tow?

    a. Fouling of the towing hawser
    b. Loss of steering
    c. Tripping
    d. Collision between the tow and the stern of the towing vessel
428: Your vessel is going from a warm climate to a cold climate with a hygroscopic cargo. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. You must ventilate constantly and vigorously to combat ship sweat.
    b. You should ventilate; there is little danger of ship sweat, but a possibility of cargo sweat.
    c. There is danger of heavy cargo sweat if you ventilate.
    d. There is little danger of any sweat problem.
429: A tank is loaded with 9,000 barrels of gasoline. The temperature of the product is 90°F (32°C), and it has a coefficient of expansion of .0008. What is the net amount of cargo loaded?

    a. 8856 bbls
    b. 8784 bbls
    c. 8820 bbls
    d. 9216 bbls
430: On a manned vessel carrying packaged hazardous cargo, the hazardous materials shall be inspected __________.

    a. every 24 hours unless equipped with a fire detecting system
    b. prior to entry into a U.S. port
    c. after stowage is complete
    d. All of the above
431: Official proof of an American vessel's nationality is contained in the __________.

    a. Certificate of Inspection
    b. Official Log
    c. Certificate of Documentation
    d. Shipping Articles
432: A licensed Master of Towing Vessels may NOT serve as the person in charge of which towing vessel?

    a. 99 GRT towing vessel operating on Chesapeake Bay
    b. 199 GRT towing vessel operating in the Gulf of Alaska
    c. 480 GRT towboat operating on the Western Rivers
    d. 405 GRT towing vessel operating between Florida and the US Virgin Islands
433: When a tow is trimmed by the stern it is said to __________.

    a. hog
    b. sag
    c. drag
    d. list
434: To "belay" a line means to __________.

    a. coil it down
    b. heave it taut
    c. stow it below
    d. secure it to a cleat
435: The amount of force a tug can exert on a stationary pull is called its __________.

    a. brake horsepower
    b. indicated horsepower
    c. shaft horsepower
    d. bollard pull
436: The rudders are amidships and both screws are going ahead. What will happen if the starboard screw is stopped?

    a. The bow will go to port.
    b. The bow will go to starboard.
    c. The bow will remain steady.
    d. The stern will go to starboard.
437: Prior to getting underway in fresh or brackish water, the Master must __________.

    a. log the density of the water
    b. secure all overboard discharges
    c. take on fresh water ballast
    d. clean the sides with fresh water
438: Your vessel is loaded with nonhygroscopic cargoes and is going from a cold to a warm climate. You should __________.

    a. start the exhaust blowers
    b. start the intake blowers
    c. not ventilate the cargo holds
    d. ventilate the cargo holds
439: When loading bulk liquid cargo, what is the FIRST action you should take if a cargo valve jammed open?

    a. Trip the pump relief valve.
    b. Order the dock man to shut down.
    c. Call the owner, operator, or terminal supervisor.
    d. Run out the vessel's or terminal's fire hose.
440: If a Master must jettison a container loaded with hazardous material, he must, as soon as possible, notify the __________.

    a. National Cargo Bureau
    b. Environmental Protection Agency
    c. National Hazardous Chemical Response Center
    d. nearest Captain of the Port
441: The document which shows a vessel's nationality, ownership, and tonnage is the __________.

    a. Manifest Certificate
    b. Bill of Lading Certificate
    c. Certificate of Documentation
    d. Official Logbook
442: "Ease the rudder" means to __________.

    a. move the rudder slowly in the direction of the most recent rudder command
    b. decrease the rudder angle
    c. bring the rudder amidships
    d. steer the course which is your present heading
443: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to determine the hogging numeral. (Get Table Data)

    a. 86.72 numeral
    b. 89.98 numeral
    c. 91.40 numeral
    d. 93.18 numeral
444: A metal object on the pier resembling a tree stump and made to receive mooring lines is a __________.

    a. bight
    b. bollard
    c. chock
    d. camel
445: Where are the towing bitts best placed for towing purposes?

    a. Near the centerline and over the rudders
    b. On each side of the vessel near the stern
    c. Forward of the rudder post and close to the tug's center of pivot
    d. As far aft as possible
446: A twin-screw vessel can clear the inboard propeller and maneuver off a pier best by holding a(n) __________.

    a. forward spring line and going slow ahead on the inboard engine
    b. after spring line and going slow astern on the outboard engine
    c. forward spring line and going slow ahead on both engines
    d. forward spring line and going slow ahead on the outboard engine
447: One reason a tug's towing bitts are located forward of the rudders is because __________.

    a. it makes it easier to hook up the towing hawser
    b. this is where the towhook is located
    c. this allows more responsive steering
    d. it is traditional
448: Hygroscopic cargoes should be ventilated when __________.

    a. going from a warm to a cold climate
    b. the dew point of the outside air is greater than the dew point of the air in the hold
    c. the dew point of the air in the hold is very low
    d. the outside dew point is 60°F (16°C) and the cargo temperature is 54°F (12°C)
449: When loading bulk liquid cargo, what is the first action you should take if a cargo valve jammed open?

    a. Call the owner, operator, or terminal supervisor.
    b. Unplug the deck scuppers.
    c. Order the dock man to shut down.
    d. Run out the vessel's or terminal's fire hose.
450: Once a vessel has loaded packaged hazardous cargo, the cargo spaces shall be inspected. The spaces shall also be inspected at least once in every 24 hours. The only exception to daily inspection is when __________.

    a. a vessel is equipped with an automatic smoke or fire detecting system
    b. the cargo hatches are of steel construction
    c. the cargo is of a nonflammable type
    d. there is sufficient fire protection located on the main deck adjacent to the cargo hatch
451: What is official proof of a vessel's ownership?

    a. Certificate of Documentation
    b. Bill of Lading
    c. Transfer Certificate
    d. Logbook
452: Where should the foundation supports for towing bitts terminate?

    a. Forward of the towing winch
    b. In the frames or other substantial structural members below decks
    c. On the deck plates in the engineroom
    d. On deck, aft of the towing winch
453: What purpose does a tow hook serve?

    a. To quickly connect or release the towing hawser
    b. To help pick up the towing hawser from the water
    c. To prevent the towing hawser from fouling the propeller
    d. To recover the towing hawser from a barge
454: A rope ladder with wooden rungs is a __________.

    a. drop ladder
    b. life ladder
    c. Jacob's ladder
    d. jury ladder
455: A vessel having continuous closely spaced transverse strength members is __________.

    a. longitudinally framed
    b. transversely framed
    c. cellular framed
    d. web framed
456: You are conning a twin-screw vessel going ahead with rudders amidships. If the port screw stops turning the bow will __________.

    a. go to port
    b. go to starboard
    c. not veer to either side
    d. go first to port and then to starboard
457: You are the operator of an uninspected diesel towing vessel of 190 GT operating on a regular run from New York to the Gulf of Mexico. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. Deck watches may be 6 and 6.
    b. Able seamen are not required in the deck crew.
    c. All crew members must have Merchant Mariner's Documents.
    d. A licensed Chief Engineer is required.
458: Sweat damage will occur in a cargo hold containing cased machinery when the __________.

    a. air temperature of the hold is higher than the temperature of the outside air
    b. dew point of the hold is higher than the temperature of the ship's skin
    c. dew point of the outside air is lower than the temperature of the cargo
    d. outside air temperature is colder than the temperature of the cargo
459: Petroleum cargo tanks should not be topped off at deck level when loading on a cold day because __________.

    a. a subsequent temperature rise will cause the cargo to overflow
    b. air pockets may cause the cargo to bubble out of the ullage hole
    c. the increased viscosity of the product requires higher loading pressure which increases the chances of a spill
    d. the tank valve may be stiff and a spill will occur before the valve can be closed
460: When stowing hazardous materials on deck, lashing of such cargo is permitted if __________.

    a. a wooden bin is constructed of at least 2-inch dunnage and bolted together
    b. the cargo is lashed to the adjacent guard rails
    c. the lashings are secured to deck pad eyes
    d. there is at least 3 inches of dunnage on deck
461: Where is the best location to install a towing hook?

    a. Forward of the towing bitts
    b. On the fantail
    c. Near the Norman Pins
    d. Just aft of amidships
462: The safe working load (SWL) of wire rope with a safety factor of 6 is what percent of its strength?

    a. 10%
    b. 17%
    c. 50%
    d. 80%
463: A tow span __________.

    a. prevents the towing hawser from snagging any equipment or gear on deck
    b. may be equipped with a greased, free sliding spool to fairlead the towing hawser
    c. allows the crew access to the fantail and to move safely on deck aft of the towing bitts or winch
    d. All of the above
464: The static bollard pull of a tug is measured in tons and consists of the brake horsepower of the tug's engine divided by 100 and multiplied by a factor of __________.

    a. 0.5
    b. 1.3
    c. 3
    d. 10
465: Which structural members improve a towing vessel's chance of surviving punctured shell plating?

    a. Stringers
    b. Longitudinals
    c. Transverse watertight bulkheads
    d. The rake
465: Which structural members improve a towing vessel's chance of surviving punctured shell plating?

    a. Stringers
    b. Longitudinals
    c. Transverse watertight bulkheads
    d. The rake
466: A twin screw vessel, making headway with both engines turning ahead, will turn more readily to starboard if you __________.

    a. reverse port engine, apply right rudder
    b. reverse port engine, rudder amidships
    c. reverse starboard engine, apply right rudder
    d. reverse starboard engine, rudder amidships
467: Of which type of material may a towing hawser be constructed?

    a. Wire rope
    b. Nylon, dacron, polypropylene or a blend of other synthetic fibers
    c. Manila
    d. All of the above
468: Sweat damage in a hatch full of canned goods in cartons will occur when the __________.

    a. air temperature is higher than the temperature of the cargo
    b. air temperature is lower than the temperature of the cargo
    c. dew point is higher than the temperature of the cargo
    d. dew point is lower than the temperature of the cargo
469: With an increase in temperature the volume of flammable and combustible liquids __________.

    a. expands
    b. contracts
    c. remains constant
    d. remains constant if pressure remains constant
470: A fiber towing hawser should be stowed __________.

    a. in an enclosed rope locker with adequate air circulation
    b. by spooling it on the winch
    c. by coiling it on deck
    d. by hanging it in the engineroom
471: The official identification of a vessel is found in the __________.

    a. Certificate of Inspection
    b. Classification Certificate
    c. Load Line Certificate
    d. Certificate of Documentation
472: On a long ocean tow, the bridle should be made up of two equal lengths of __________.

    a. chain
    b. wire
    c. nylon
    d. manila
473: The American Consul has asked the Master of a vessel bound for a port in the U.S. to transport a destitute seaman back to the U.S. Which action may the Master take?

    a. He may refuse to accept the seaman if the seaman is medically unfit.
    b. He must take the seaman even if the seaman has a contagious disease.
    c. He is always required to take the seaman.
    d. He may refuse to take the seaman if it will violate the Certificate of Inspection.
474: On an anchor windlass, the wheel over which the anchor chain passes is called a __________.

    a. brake compressor wheel
    b. devil's claw
    c. wildcat
    d. winchhead
475: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "F" is called a __________. (DO44DG )

    a. bow line
    b. breast line
    c. forward spring line
    d. None of the above
476: You are backing on twin engines with rudders amidships, when your port engine stalls. To continue backing on course, you should __________.

    a. apply left rudder
    b. apply right rudder
    c. increase engine speed
    d. keep your rudder amidships
477: When underway with a tow, you are required to notify the Coast Guard in which casualty situation?

    a. An injury requiring first aid treatment
    b. Damage of bridge-to-bridge radio capability
    c. Accidental stranding or grounding
    d. Damage to property amounting to $12,500
478: The moisture equilibrium chart can be used to determine the __________.

    a. absolute moisture content of the air surrounding a hygroscopic cargo when moisture equilibrium exists
    b. dew point temperature that the air surrounding a hygroscopic commodity will have when in moisture equilibrium with that commodity
    c. enthalpy of the air surrounding a hydroscopic cargo which is in moisture equilibrium with the cargo
    d. temperature at which moisture equilibrium will occur in a cargo hold containing a hygroscopic cargo
479: Your tank vessel is loaded down to her marks, and you find that she has too much trim by the stern. To adjust the trim you may __________.

    a. add ballast forward
    b. load more cargo forward
    c. shift bunkers forward
    d. All of the above
480: What is NOT a requirement for the preparation of used, gasoline-propelled cars if they are to be carried as ordinary cargo and not as hazardous cargo?

    a. The engine must be run until it dies from lack of fuel.
    b. The fuel tank must be inerted with CO2.
    c. The ignition key may not be in the ignition.
    d. The vehicle must be inspected for fuel leaks.
481: Which U.S. agency assigns an official number to a vessel?

    a. American Bureau of Shipping
    b. Collector of Customs
    c. Treasury Department
    d. Coast Guard
482: A lot of special cargo of similar cartons is to be loaded aboard your vessel. You examine one of the cartons of the lot shown. What is the total cubic space the consignment will occupy? (Assume no broken stowage.) (D042DG )

    a. 51 cubic feet (1.5 cubic meters)
    b. 58 cubic feet (1.7 cubic meters)
    c. 336 cubic feet (10 cubic meters)
    d. 700 cubic feet (21 cubic meters)
483: A fiber towing hawser is readied for service by __________.

    a. spooling it on a winch cathead
    b. coiling it in a counterclockwise direction on the fantail
    c. faking it on deck in a fore and aft direction
    d. spooling it on a reel lying on its side to prevent rolling
484: On stud-link anchor chain the addition of the stud increases the strength of the link by about __________.

    a. 10%
    b. 15%
    c. 20%
    d. 50%
485: To clean a dirty fiber towing hawser used in ocean towing, you should __________.

    a. use lye or other mild detergent
    b. wash it with fresh water, dry and store it
    c. wash it with salt water
    d. use cleaning fluid on nylon, dacron and other synthetic lines
486: You are backing on twin engines with rudders amidships. Your starboard engine stalls. To continue backing on course, you should __________.

    a. apply left rudder
    b. apply right rudder
    c. increase your engine speed
    d. keep your rudder amidships
487: One method of removing kinks from fiber rope is to __________.

    a. coil the line against the lay
    b. tow the line astern until it straightens
    c. stretch the line until it reaches its elastic limit
    d. cut out each kink and splice
488: Which data can NOT be found on a moisture equilibrium chart?

    a. Dry bulb temperature
    b. Moisture content
    c. Vapor pressure
    d. Wet bulb temperature
489: Your tank vessel is fully loaded, and you find that she is down slightly by the head. To adjust the trim, you may __________.

    a. add ballast aft
    b. load more cargo aft
    c. shift cargo aft
    d. All of the above
490: Which agency is authorized to assist the Coast Guard in the inspection of vessels for the suitability of loading hazardous materials?

    a. American Bureau of Shipping
    b. Environmental Protection Agency
    c. National Cargo Bureau, Inc.
    d. U.S. Navy explosive loading details
491: A change of a documented vessel's name can only be made by the __________.

    a. American Bureau of Shipping
    b. Commissioner of Customs
    c. Treasury Department
    d. Coast Guard
492: You are the Master of a 500-gross ton passenger vessel operating on rivers. Your vessel accidentally runs aground. Under the regulations for passenger vessels, you must notify the __________.

    a. Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in injury to personnel
    b. Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in damage to property in excess of $(SA)25,000
    c. nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Marine Inspection Office as soon as possible
    d. Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in loss of life
493: What does "end for end" mean in regard to a towing hawser?

    a. To take the kinks out of the hawser
    b. To fake it down in figure eights
    c. To increase the catenary
    d. To swap ends of the hawser to minimize wear
494: What best describes an anchor buoy?

    a. A black ball that is hoisted when the ship anchors
    b. A buoy attached to the anchor
    c. A buoy attached to the scope of an anchor chain
    d. A mark of the number of fathoms in an anchor chain
495: Which space(s) is (are) deducted from gross tonnage to derive net tonnage?

    a. Boatswain's stores
    b. Companions and booby hatches
    c. Passenger spaces
    d. All of the above
496: Your twin-screw vessel is moving ASTERN with rudders amidships. The starboard screw suddenly stops turning. Your vessel's head will __________.

    a. go to port
    b. go to starboard
    c. remain stationary
    d. suddenly drop down
497: Which type of fiber towing hawser is preferred for towing astern?

    a. Manila
    b. Polypropylene
    c. Nylon
    d. Dacron
498: When the dew point of the outside air is higher than the dew point of the air in the cargo hold, you should __________.

    a. energize the exhaust blowers
    b. energize the intake blowers
    c. not ventilate the cargo holds
    d. ventilate the cargo holds
499: Your tank vessel is loaded down to her marks, and you find that she has too much trim by the stern. To adjust the trim, you may __________.

    a. add ballast forward
    b. load more cargo forward
    c. shift bunkers forward
    d. All of the above
500: What would NOT require that a detailed report of the release of hazardous cargo be made to the Department of Transportation?

    a. The valve on an empty portable tank that contained acetone is accidentally opened and some of the residue escapes to the open sea.
    b. A carboy of nitric acid is broken on deck while loading and is flushed overboard with no injury or damage.
    c. Part of your deck cargo of five gallon cans of paint is damaged and leaking so you jettison them to eliminate the fire hazard.
    d. Heavy weather causes damage to packages of a hazardous liquid that is subsequently pumped out at sea through the bilge pumping system.
502: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and wish to send a message warning of a hurricane. Which precedence would you assign this message?

    a. Z (FLASH)
    b. O (IMMEDIATE)
    c. R (ROUTINE)
    d. P (PRIORITY)
503: Which statement is FALSE?

    a. Nylon can stretch approximately 40% and still recover.
    b. Only nylon stoppers should be used on nylon hawsers.
    c. Nylon is most practical for use on hip towing.
    d. With proper care nylon hawsers will greatly outlast manila and other natural fibers.
504: Anchors are prevented from running out when secured by the __________.

    a. brake
    b. devil's claw
    c. pawls
    d. All of the above
505: Which form of navigation may be suspended without notice under defense planning?

    a. celestial
    b. piloting
    c. electronic
    d. None of the above
506: With rudders amidships and negligible wind, a twin-screw vessel moving astern with both engines backing will back __________.

    a. to port
    b. to starboard
    c. in a fairly straight line
    d. in a circular motion
507: You are signing on your crew. Which is NOT authorized?

    a. A man presenting his Chief Mate's license to sign on as able seaman
    b. An engineer presenting an MMD endorsed "QMED - any rating" to sign on as an Electrician
    c. A man presenting an MMD endorsed as "Able Seaman" to sign on as Bosun
    d. A man presenting an MMD endorsed "Steward's Department (F.H.)" to sign on as Chief Cook
508: When the dew point of the outside air is lower than or equal to the dew point of the air in the cargo hold, you should __________.

    a. secure all ventilation
    b. shut down the exhaust blowers
    c. shut down the intake blowers
    d. ventilate the cargo holds
509: Which factor must be considered when determining the order of loading of dissimilar products through the same piping system aboard a tanker?

    a. Contamination of the cargo
    b. Flash points
    c. Reid vapor pressures
    d. Specific gravities
510: You have loaded dangerous cargo on your vessel and must fill out a Dangerous Cargo Manifest. In which publication would you find the requirements to complete this form?

    a. 33 CFR - Navigation and Navigable Waters
    b. 46 CFR - Shipping
    c. IMCO - Intergovernmental Maritime Consultative Organization
    d. IMDG - International Maritime Dangerous Goods
511: All U.S. Flag vessels engaged in foreign trade are required to have a(n) __________.

    a. enrollment
    b. license
    c. registry
    d. sea letter
512: When paying out nylon line from around the bitts __________.

    a. stand clear of the bitts and use two or more round turns under your figure eights
    b. you can surge the line even with a single turn
    c. no extra turns are necessary since nylon has a high coefficient of friction
    d. stand in the bight of the line
513: Wire rope is used in the towing industry __________.

    a. for back up wires and main towing hawsers
    b. for face wires or jockeys when pushing ahead
    c. as stern wires when pushing ahead
    d. All of the above
514: The part of an anchor which takes hold on the bottom is the __________.

    a. arm
    b. base
    c. fluke
    d. stock
515: When compared to a fiber towing hawser, what is NOT an advantage of a wire towing hawser?

    a. Wire is easy to handle when properly spooled on the drum of a towing winch.
    b. Wire has more spring and shock resistance than fiber.
    c. Wire can be used to tow heavier loads because of its smaller diameter and more manageable size.
    d. Wire is subject to less deterioration if properly maintained.
516: You are going ahead on twin engines with rudder amidships. Your starboard engine stalls. To continue on course, you should __________.

    a. apply left rudder
    b. apply right rudder
    c. increase engine speed
    d. keep your rudder amidships
517: What is the purpose of the intermediate spring?

    a. Serves as a backup for the main tow hawser in case of failure.
    b. Provides weight and flexibility to the total tow makeup.
    c. Lengthens the main tow hawser to keep the tow in step.
    d. Distributes the towing load.
518: Which factor is MOST important in preventing sweat damage within a cargo hold?

    a. Dew point of the cargo hold
    b. Dew point of the outside atmosphere
    c. Outside air temperature
    d. Temperature of the cargo
519: What is NOT a precaution to be taken when topping off?

    a. Reduce the loading rate.
    b. Notify the engine room of the procedure.
    c. Maintain communications with the dock man.
    d. Give the operation your undivided attention.
522: You are onboard a 120 GT uninspected sea going tug which carries one Master and one Mate of Towing Vessels and four (4) seamen when underway. How many of the four seamen must have a rating as able seamen if the voyage is under 600 miles?

    a. 4
    b. 3
    c. 2
    d. 1
524: The purpose of the stripping bar on an anchor windlass is to __________.

    a. clean off any mud that may have accumulated on the chain
    b. engage or disengage the wildcat
    c. fairlead the chain from the hawsepipe to the wildcat
    d. prevent the chain from fouling the wildcat
525: To lay out a towing hawser in a fore-and-aft direction so each bight is clear and can run out freely without snagging describes __________.

    a. flemishing
    b. faking
    c. spooling
    d. worming, parceling and serving
526: You are going ahead on twin engines with rudders amidships. Your port engine stalls. To continue your course you should __________.

    a. apply right rudder
    b. apply left rudder
    c. keep your rudder amidships
    d. increase engine speed
527: What equipment is NOT used to protect a towing hawser?

    a. Hawser boards and chafing gear
    b. Halyards and snaphooks
    c. Seizing wire, rope yarn and marline
    d. Norman pins and tow spans
528: Determine the dew point when the dry bulb temperature is 74°F (23°C) and the wet bulb temperature is 60°F (16°C). (D008DG )

    a. 14°F
    b. 20°F
    c. 28°F
    d. 50°F
529: When loading a tanker, you should __________.

    a. load only one tank at a time
    b. keep the seamen on watch on standby in the mess room
    c. keep a strain on the loading hoses
    d. close valves by closing them down, reopening one or two turns, and re-closing
531: Spring loaded towing hooks are used in towing to __________.

    a. absorb and cushion the shock of towing
    b. prevent whiplash
    c. trip and release when the pull of the towing hawser exceeds a predetermined limit
    d. make it easier to attach and release the tow
533: A towing hook may be released from the __________.

    a. tug's engineroom or the bow
    b. pilot house or aft steering station
    c. forecastle
    d. towing bitts by reaching over and releasing a lever
534: Which is part of the ground tackle?

    a. Charlie noble
    b. Devil's claw
    c. Gooseneck
    d. Rat's tail
535: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "G" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

    a. offshore bow line
    b. inshore bow line
    c. forward breast line
    d. forward spring line
536: Your vessel is backing on the starboard screw, and going ahead on the port screw. The bow will __________.

    a. back on a straight line
    b. move ahead on a straight line
    c. swing to port
    d. swing to starboard
537: Which type of hook can be used as a towing hook?

    a. Standard towing hooks
    b. Spring-loaded towing hooks
    c. Pelican hooks
    d. All of the above
538: Using the graph shown, if the dry bulb temperature is 80°F (27°C) and the wet bulb temperature is 70°F (21°C), what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold? (D008DG )

    a. 45%
    b. 52%
    c. 58%
    d. 65%
539: Which type of shackle is used for most towing connections?

    a. Safety shackles
    b. Round pin anchor shackles
    c. Screw pin shackles
    d. Heart shaped shackles
540: As seen from the tow, what should connect the leading ends of both towing bridle legs to the main towing hawser?

    a. A cable clamp
    b. A fishplate, flounder, or towing plate
    c. A pad eye
    d. The towing bitts
541: The official number of a documented vessel is __________.

    a. not required to be marked anywhere on the vessel
    b. required to be permanently marked on the vessel's structure
    c. required to be painted on the vessel's stern
    d. required to be painted on the vessel's bow
542: Which best describes a "fishplate" used in towing?

    a. A triangular-shaped heavy steel plate with a round hole inset from each corner
    b. A steel plate in the shape of a flat fish
    c. A rectangular-shaped piece of heavy steel plate with four holes
    d. A circular piece of heavy steel with three holes forming an equilateral triangle
543: You would be most likely to use a fishplate __________.

    a. when towing alongside
    b. on a hawser tow
    c. when pushing ahead or in the notch
    d. when running "light boat"
544: If the winch should fail while you are hauling in the anchor, what prevents the anchor cable from running out?

    a. Chain stopper
    b. Devil's claw
    c. Hawse ratchet
    d. Riding pawl
545: Repairing damage to the hull at or above the waterline reduces the threat of __________.

    a. free surface effects
    b. capsizing
    c. continued progressive flooding
    d. wind heel
546: A twin-screw ship going ahead on the starboard screw only tends to move __________.

    a. in a straight line
    b. to port
    c. from side to side
    d. to starboard
547: Where is an intermediate spring or surge line placed in the towing hookup?

    a. Connected between the main towing hawser and the towing bridle
    b. Connected between the "H" towing bitts and the main towing hawser
    c. End of line fastened directly to the drum of the towing winch
    d. As both legs of the towing bridle
548: Using the graph shown, if the dry bulb temperature is 55°F (13°C) and the wet bulb is 50°F (10°C), what is the relative humidity? (D008DG )

    a. 55%
    b. 70%
    c. 75%
    d. 82%
549: Your vessel is taking on cargo oil when a small leak develops in the hose. You order the pumping stopped. Before you resume pumping, you should __________.

    a. notify the terminal superintendent
    b. place a large drip pan under the leak and plug the scuppers
    c. repair the hose with a patch
    d. replace the hose
550: If the towing bridle legs are not of equal length __________.

    a. excessive strain is placed on the shorter leg
    b. the shorter leg may fail
    c. the longer leg is slack
    d. All of the above
551: The name and hailing port of a documented commercial vessel is __________.

    a. not required to be marked anywhere on the vessel
    b. required to be marked on both bows and on the keel
    c. required to be marked on the stern with the name of the vessel marked on both bows
    d. required to be marked on the keel, stern, and both bows
552: Which type of bridle is the most effective for a heavy ocean tow?

    a. Nylon because of its strength
    b. Polypropylene because it floats and is easier to handle
    c. Stud link anchor chain for chafe resistance and strength
    d. Wire rope for flexibility and strength
553: A bridle for an ocean tow consists of __________.

    a. two chains of equal length
    b. a single nylon pendant rove through a heavy ring free to move on the pendant
    c. two long legs of wire rope shackled to a fishplate
    d. a single length of heavy chain with both ends secured on deck to welded pad eyes
554: Which part of the patent anchor performs the same function as the stock of an old fashioned anchor; that is, forces the flukes to dig in?

    a. Bill or pea
    b. Arm
    c. Shank
    d. Tripping Palm
555: A chain bridle is used when towing astern because it __________.

    a. is easy to connect
    b. provides an effective catenary and absorbs shock due to its weight
    c. makes rigging a swivel unnecessary
    d. prevents the tow from yawing by the drag of the chains in a seaway
556: You may BEST turn a twin-screw vessel about, to the right, in a narrow channel by using __________.

    a. both engines ahead and helm
    b. one engine only
    c. port engine ahead and the starboard engine astern
    d. both engines astern and use helm
557: A report of casualty to a vessel must include __________.

    a. the estimated cost of damage
    b. an evaluation of who was at fault
    c. the amount of ballast on board
    d. the name of the owner or agent of the vessel
558: A heated bulkhead has the effect on a hygroscopic commodity of __________.

    a. causing moisture to accumulate against the bulkhead
    b. lowering the vapor pressure of the commodity
    c. lowering the dew point of the air
    d. raising the vapor pressure of the commodity
559: A vessel loads edible oil in a deep tank through a manhole at the mid-length of the tank. In order to fill the tank to maximum capacity, what trim should the vessel have?

    a. Down by the bow
    b. Down by the stern
    c. Down by either the bow or stern
    d. In level trim
560: You are loading a cargo that includes cylinders of acetylene aboard your break bulk vessel. Which statement is true?

    a. The cylinders must be stowed at least 10 horizontal feet from corrosive materials in the same space.
    b. Stowage in the upper deck-deck is considered to be the equivalent of "on deck" stowage for this cargo.
    c. The cylinders must have a red label for flammability and a green label for compressed gas.
    d. The cylinders may be protected from the radiant heat of the Sun by laying a tarp on them.
561: Which space cannot be deducted from gross tonnage when calculating net tonnage?

    a. Crew messroom
    b. Forepeak ballast tank
    c. Master's cabin
    d. Chain locker
563: While the Pilot is maneuvering the vessel to a dock, what is the PRIMARY responsibility of the watch officer?

    a. Supervise the signaling and flag etiquette.
    b. Record the bells and their times in the bell book.
    c. Insure that helm and throttle orders given by the Pilot are correctly executed.
    d. Judge the appropriateness of the Pilot's orders and countermand them if necessary.
564: The anchors on the bow are known as __________.

    a. bower anchors
    b. kedge anchors
    c. spare anchors
    d. stream anchors
565: When the pilot is embarked he or she __________.

    a. relieves the officer of the watch
    b. relieves the Master of his duties
    c. is solely responsible for the safe navigation of the vessel
    d. is a specialist hired for his or her local navigational knowledge
566: The BEST way to steer a twin-screw vessel if you lose your rudder is by using __________.

    a. one engine and a steering oar
    b. both engines at the same speed
    c. one engine at a time
    d. one engine running at reduced speed and controlling the vessel with the other
567: Your enrolled vessel is bound from Baltimore, MD, to Norfolk, VA, via Chesapeake Bay. Which statement about the required Pilot is TRUE?

    a. The Pilot must be licensed by Virginia and Maryland.
    b. The Pilot must be licensed by either Virginia or Maryland.
    c. The Pilot need only be licensed by the Coast Guard.
    d. The Pilot must be licensed by Virginia, Maryland and the Coast Guard.
568: Which statement concerning the carriage of containers is TRUE?

    a. The Chief Mate and Master of a container ship should have the proposed stowage plan ready for the stevedore upon arrival in port.
    b. When stowed on deck of a break bulk ship, the bottom of the container must be evenly supported throughout.
    c. With tiered containers, a 40-foot container may be stowed on top of two 20-foot containers.
    d. Deck load calculations must take into account the square footage of the entire container bottom.
569: In order to reduce the accumulation of static electricity while loading petroleum products, you should __________.

    a. start to load at maximum pressure
    b. start to load slowly
    c. increase the air flow into the tank
    d. use the overall method of loading only
570: A chain bridle is preferable to a wire rope towing bridle on a long ocean tow because chain __________.

    a. is more flexible and has the ability to absorb shock because of its weight
    b. is less subject to wear and damage from abrasion
    c. requires little maintenance
    d. All of the above
571: You are in port A in the United States, and your Certificate of Inspection has expired. You wish to go to port B in the United States for repairs and to complete the inspection. If the Officer-in-Charge Marine Inspection deems it safe, he may issue a __________.

    a. Certificate of Seaworthiness
    b. Limited Certificate of Inspection
    c. Temporary Certificate of Inspection
    d. Permit to Proceed
572: A vessel is entering port "A" for the first time and has a Pilot conning the vessel. The Master is unsure that the Pilot is taking sufficient action to prevent a collision. What should the Master do?

    a. Nothing; The Pilot is required by law and is solely responsible for the safety of the vessel.
    b. State his concerns to the Pilot but do not interfere with the handling of the vessel.
    c. Direct the Pilot to stop the vessel and anchor if necessary until the situation clears.
    d. Recommend an alternative action and if not followed relieve the Pilot.
573: An ocean towing bridle whose legs are of equal length, but too short, may __________.

    a. fail to provide spring in the hawser
    b. cause unequal distribution of the load to one leg
    c. cause the bridle legs to jump clear of the chocks or fairleads
    d. None of the above
574: Which type of link is generally used to connect shots of anchor chain?

    a. Detachable
    b. Open
    c. Pear shaped
    d. Stud link
575: What is a correct reply to a pilot's request, "How's your head"?

    a. "Steady"
    b. "Checked"
    c. "Passing 200°"
    d. "Eased to 10° rudder"
576: In twin-screw engine installations while going ahead, maneuvering qualities are most effective when the tops of the propeller blades both turn __________.

    a. to starboard
    b. outboard from the center
    c. to port
    d. inboard toward the center
577: You are signing on a crew. A man presents a Merchant Mariner's Document that you suspect has been tampered with. Which action should you take?

    a. Confiscate the document and deliver it to the Coast Guard.
    b. Sign the man on and notify the Coast Guard at the first U.S. port of call.
    c. Refuse to sign the man on articles until authorized by the Coast Guard.
    d. Refuse to sign the man on and notify the FBI of unauthorized use of a federal document.
578: When loading a container vessel, the operation is basically that of vertical loading. The important factors to be considered when loading containers are port of discharge, __________.

    a. available dunnage, and chocking
    b. crushability, and inherent vice
    c. sweat, and weight
    d. weight, and refrigeration
579: The terminal indicates to you that they are going to use a booster pump to assist the discharging operation. You start the discharge, and in a few minutes the pressure drops sharply. This could be a result of the __________.

    a. booster pump coming on the line and discharging properly
    b. booster pump failing to start
    c. booster pump being lined up in the wrong direction
    d. ship's pump speeding up
580: Which statement is FALSE about using a wire bridle on an ocean tow?

    a. The inboard end of each bridle leg should have a large eye splice to fit over the bitts.
    b. The strength of each leg should be at least one-half that of the main towing hawser.
    c. Each leg should be at least 60 to 90 feet long.
    d. None of the above
581: The Certificate of Inspection for your tankship authorizes the carriage of grade A and lower products. Which chemical may NOT be carried unless it is specifically endorsed on the Certificate of Inspection?

    a. Amylene
    b. Diisobutyl Phthalate
    c. Oleic acid
    d. Vinyl acetate
582: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "E" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

    a. after spring line
    b. bow spring line
    c. forward breast line
    d. bow line
583: Which factor(s) must you consider when making up a towing bridle?

    a. The horsepower of the tug
    b. The desired amount of swing in the tow hook up
    c. The weight of the tow
    d. All of the above
588: Because of the arrangement of the cell guides, the MOST important factor while loading containers is the __________.

    a. contents of the container
    b. list of the vessel
    c. size of the shoreside crane
    d. weight of the container
589: The terminal indicates to you that they are going to use a booster pump to assist the discharging operation. You start the discharge and in a few minutes the pressure drops sharply. This could be a result of the __________.

    a. booster pump coming on the line and discharging properly
    b. booster pump failing to start
    c. ship's pump speeding up
    d. booster pump being lined up in the wrong direction
591: What will NOT be found on the Certificate of Inspection of an ocean going tankship?

    a. Manning requirements
    b. Minimum freeboard permitted
    c. Grade(s) of cargoes that the vessel may carry
    d. Waters upon which the vessel may be operated
592: When a helmsman receives the command "Right 15 degrees rudder," the helmsman's immediate reply should be __________.

    a. "Right 15 degrees rudder"
    b. "Aye Aye Sir"
    c. "Rudder is right 15 degrees"
    d. No reply is necessary, just carry out the order.
593: To lead the towing hawser over the center of the stern when not under a strain you could __________.

    a. fairlead it through a stern roller chock
    b. lead it through the Norman pins
    c. hold it in the median position by a gob rope or lizard stopper
    d. All of the above when so equipped
594: A bollard is found on the __________.

    a. beach
    b. deck
    c. pier
    d. towed vessel
595: The turning circle of a vessel is the path followed by the __________.

    a. outermost part of the ship while making the circle
    b. center of gravity
    c. bow
    d. tipping center
596: Before entering an ice area, the ship should be __________.

    a. either trimmed by the head or the stern
    b. on an even keel
    c. trimmed down by the head
    d. trimmed down by the stern
597: Wages due a seaman may be attached by the court for the __________.

    a. payment of monthly bills
    b. payment of creditors
    c. support of a minor child
    d. All of the above
598: What is NOT an advantage of containership operations over conventional break-bulk operations?

    a. Flexibility of operation
    b. Greater operational safety
    c. Lower stevedoring costs
    d. Reduction of cargo damage
599: When stripping a tank, excessive air in the suction line may cause __________.

    a. an over pressurized line
    b. back pressure
    c. loss of suction
    d. increase of suction
600: You are on a containership. Which statement about the stowage of hazardous materials in containers is TRUE?

    a. The containers provide automatic segregation of hazardous materials except for class A explosives.
    b. All packages within a container must be marked "This End Up" to indicate the correct stowage.
    c. A refrigerated container with a fuel tank containing a flammable liquid must be stowed on deck.
    d. Packages of liquids within a container should be stowed on top of packages of solids to prevent crushing.
601: Your vessel has completed an inspection for certification and is issued a temporary certificate. This __________.

    a. expires six months after it is issued
    b. must be exchanged for a regular Certificate of Inspection before going foreign or out of state
    c. has the full force of a regular Certificate of Inspection
    d. must be posted in the vicinity of the officers' licenses
602: Which emergency equipment should you keep near the towing bitts?

    a. A self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA)
    b. A boat hook and a spanner wrench
    c. A fire ax and/or cutting torch
    d. A Stokes litter basket
603: To reduce the amount of catenary you may __________.

    a. shorten the hawser or increase the tug's speed
    b. lengthen the hawser or reduce the tug's speed
    c. place your tug in irons
    d. make a sharp turn
604: The term "lee side" refers to the __________.

    a. side of the vessel exposed to the wind
    b. side of the vessel sheltered from the wind
    c. port side
    d. starboard side
605: You would properly secure a gantline to a bosun's chair with a __________.

    a. fisherman's bend
    b. bowline
    c. double sheet bend
    d. double blackwall hitch
606: For operations in pack ice, a vessel should __________.

    a. be on an even keel
    b. be trimmed slightly by the head
    c. have a drag of not more than 2 to 3 feet
    d. be ballasted so the forefoot is near the surface
607: A lashing used to secure two barges side by side, lashed in an "X" fashion, is called a __________.

    a. scissor wire
    b. towing wire
    c. breast wire
    d. cross wire
609: While discharging a tanker, list can be controlled by __________.

    a. shoreside personnel
    b. using a center tank near the bow, discharging as necessary
    c. using wing tanks near the longitudinal center, discharging as necessary
    d. using the after peak tank, loading as necessary
611: The Certificate of Inspection for a containership __________.

    a. is issued by the Coast Guard and is usually valid for 2 years
    b. must be posted under transparent material near the officers' licenses
    c. lists all of the stability limitations and conditions imposed on the vessel
    d. shows the due date of the quadrennial test of the cargo gear
612: When backing down with sternway, the pivot point of a vessel is __________.

    a. at the bow
    b. about one-third of the vessel's length from the bow
    c. aft of the propellers
    d. about one-quarter of the vessel's length from the stern
613: A lookout can leave his station __________.

    a. at the end of the watch
    b. only when properly relieved
    c. at any time
    d. 15 minutes before the end of the watch
613: A lookout can leave his station __________.

    a. at the end of the watch
    b. only when properly relieved
    c. at any time
    d. 15 minutes before the end of the watch
614: A fid is a __________.

    a. mallet used when splicing wire rope
    b. sharp pointed crow bar used to unlay wire rope
    c. tapered steel pin used to separate wire rope
    d. tapered wooden pin used when splicing heavy rope
615: When a wedge of water builds up between the head of the barge and the bank it is referred to as __________.

    a. bank cushion
    b. bank suction
    c. bow wave
    d. veering cushion
616: "Ice blink" is __________.

    a. the dark appearance of the underside of a cloud layer due to reflection of a surface of open water
    b. the soft light appearance on the underside of a cloud layer due to reflection from a surface of open water
    c. the yellowish-white glare on the underside of a cloud layer
    d. "water sky"
617: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "A" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

    a. onshore stern line
    b. offshore stern line
    c. after breast line
    d. after spring line
618: When considering a vessel's stability, which spaces in a general cargo vessel are the best locations for the carriage of bulk grain?

    a. Deep tanks
    b. Lower holds
    c. Lower holds at the ends of the vessel
    d. 'Tween-decks
619: What is NOT a requirement for the safe and effective use of a crude oil washing system?

    a. Strip all tanks and remove the bottom residue.
    b. Use an inert gas system while washing tanks.
    c. Use portable washing machines to reach areas obscured by structural members in the tanks.
    d. Decant one meter from the source tank for the tank cleaning machines.
620: You are on a container vessel. What concerning the handling and stowage of containerized hazardous materials is TRUE?

    a. Open-bed containers may be used to transport hazardous materials if the cargo is properly secured.
    b. A portable cargo tank of a flammable, cryogenic liquid may not be in transit for a period exceeding its marked rated holding time unless the liquid is inhibited.
    c. A portable cargo tank containing a cryogenic liquid must be shipped on deck unless forced ventilation is provided to the decks-decks.
    d. A container loaded with packages of tear gas would display a placard reading "Irritant."
621: Which document shows details of a tank vessel, cargoes it may carry, manning and safety equipment required?

    a. Safety Construction Certificate
    b. Cargo Gear Certificate
    c. Certificate of Inspection
    d. Declaration of Inspection
622: A predictable result of a vessel nearing a bank or edge of a channel is that the __________.

    a. stern is drawn to the bank as the bow sheers off
    b. bow sheers toward the bank
    c. vessel continues in a straight line, but with greatly reduced maneuverability
    d. vessel will be drawn bodily into the bank unless the engines are stopped
623: When hugging a bank in a narrow channel, you should take precautions against_______________.

    a. bank suction, squat and the effects of vessels passing close aboard
    b. clogged sea chests, plugged sea strainers and overheated machinery
    c. striking underwater obstructions close to the bank
    d. All of the above
624: A serving mallet is used in __________.

    a. covering wire or fiber rope
    b. forcing fids into a line
    c. dogging hatches
    d. splicing lines
625: Which statement is FALSE?

    a. Your stern is sucked down and your draft increases when going from deep to shallow water.
    b. Excessive speed while passing moored vessels may cause them to surge and break their moorings.
    c. Excessive speed while passing a tow being pushed ahead or pushing a tow into an eddy too fast may break up the tow.
    d. None of the above
626: What should NOT be used as an indicator that ice may be

    a.
    b.
    c.
    d.
A dark appearance of the sky: A yellowish glare in the sky

    a. The presence of seals or certain type birds
    b.
    c.
    d.
627: Your ship is steaming at night with the gyro-pilot engaged when you notice that the vessel's course is slowly changing to the right. What action should you take FIRST?

    a. switch to hand steering
    b. shift steering to the emergency steering station
    c. call the Master
    d. notify the engineroom
628: Before loading bulk grain, bilge wells must be covered to __________.

    a. add strength to the bilge well strainer
    b. permit rapid flow of water to the bilge wells
    c. prevent cargo sifting into the bilge wells
    d. prevent oil, water, or other liquid from reaching the cargo
629: You are planning to use a crude oil washing system. What precaution must be taken with the source tank for the washing machines?

    a. At least one meter must be decanted from the source tank.
    b. The oil in the source tank must be sampled for compatibility.
    c. The source tank must have been crude oil washed at least once in the past 150 days.
    d. The inert gas system must lower the oxygen content in the source tank to a maximum of 12%.
630: You are doing a Williamson turn. Your vessel has swung about 60° from the original course heading. You should __________.

    a. put the rudder amidships and check the swing
    b. stop the engines and prepare to maneuver to pick up the man in the water
    c. shift your rudder
    d. increase to maximum speed
631: At least one reinspection shall be made on each vessel holding a Certificate of Inspection valid for two years. This inspection shall be held between the tenth and fourteenth months of the duration period of the certificate and shall be __________.

    a. at the discretion of the inspector, but in no greater detail than required for original certification
    b. at the discretion of the inspector, but in no lesser detail than required for original certification
    c. generally similar in scope to the inspection required for certification, but in less detail
    d. equivalent to the inspection required for certification
632: What does the helm command "shift the rudder" mean?

    a. Stop the swing of the ship.
    b. Shift the rudder control to the alternate steering method.
    c. Put the rudder over to the opposite side, the same number of degrees that it is now.
    d. Put the rudder amidships and hold the heading steady as she goes.
633: A tug is best positioned for towing and maneuvering on rivers and other restricted waters where wave action is limited when __________.

    a. directly astern and pushing the tow
    b. towing on a hawser
    c. towing alongside and parallel to the vessel it is towing
    d. towing on the hip
634: The "iron mike" is a(n) __________.

    a. pilot
    b. speaker
    c. standby wheel
    d. automatic pilot
635: A report of casualty to a vessel must include __________.

    a. the name of the owner or agent of the vessel
    b. an evaluation of who was at fault
    c. the amount of ballast on board
    d. the estimated cost of damage
636: The use of an anchor to assist in turning in restricted waters is __________.

    a. a last resort
    b. good seamanship
    c. the sign of a novice shiphandler
    d. to be used only with a single-screw vessel
637: A tow bridle is attached to the main tow hawser at the __________.

    a. bight ring
    b. tow hook
    c. fishplate
    d. swivel
638: Ship's officers should check every cargo compartment after it is filled with bulk grain to ensure __________.

    a. all lighting circuits are energized
    b. all void spaces are filled
    c. the correct grade of cargo has been loaded
    d. the heavier grade is in the lower hold
639: The complete details of a crude oil washing system aboard your vessel, including the operating sequences and procedures, design characteristics, a description of the system, and required personnel will be found in the __________.

    a. Oil Transfer Procedures Manual
    b. Crude Oil Washing Operations and Equipment Manual
    c. Code of Federal Regulations
    d. Crude Oil Washing addendum to the Certificate of Inspection
640: Which factor(s) can affect the performance of a river towboat?

    a. The draft of the towboat and the draft of the barges under tow
    b. The placement of the barges within the tow
    c. The presence of flanking rudders and Kort nozzles
    d. All of the above
641: Which document shows the minimum required crew a vessel must have to navigate from one port in the United States to another?

    a. Articles
    b. Certificate of Inspection
    c. Crew List
    d. Register
642: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "B" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

    a. offshore stern line
    b. inshore stern line
    c. after spring line
    d. after breast line
644: The "lay" of a line refers to __________.

    a. its normal location of stowage
    b. the direction of twist in the strands
    c. the manner in which it is coiled
    d. the manner in which it is rigged
645: A vessel's Certificate of Documentation __________.

    a. may be retained by the owner at the home port OR kept on the vessel
    b. must be posted under transparent material in the pilothouse
    c. must be carried on board
    d. must be kept on file at the corporate offices of the owner or operator
646: What shape barge offers the least resistance in river towing?

    a. A square ended barge
    b. Barges with spoon shaped bows
    c. Ship-shaped barges
    d. Hopper barges
647: Synchronous towing means that the __________.

    a. tug is on the crest of a wave while the tow is in the trough
    b. tug is in the trough while the tow is riding on the crest of a wave
    c. tug and tow are both in the same relative position on different waves at the same time
    d. port and starboard engines on the tug are turning at the same RPM
648: Bulk cargo refers to __________.

    a. cargo which occupies a large volume of space
    b. cargo which requires refrigeration
    c. cargo which is very dense
    d. homogeneous cargo not enclosed in a container
649: Before a tank is to be crude oil washed, the oxygen content in the tank must be measured at a position __________.

    a. immediately above the level of the oil
    b. at the top of the tank
    c. in the vent riser
    d. one meter from the deck
650: A crew member has just fallen overboard off your port side. Which action should you take?

    a. Immediately put the rudder over hard right.
    b. Immediately put the rudder over hard left.
    c. Immediately put the engines astern.
    d. Wait until the stern is well clear of the man and then put the rudder over hard right.
651: Fire fighting equipment requirements for a particular vessel may be found on the __________.

    a. 4Certificate of Inspection
    b. Certificate of Seaworthiness
    c. Classification Certificate
    d. Certificate of Registry
652: When plugging holes below the waterline you should __________.

    a. eliminate all water entering the hole
    b. only plug holes in machinery or other vital spaces
    c. reduce the entry of water as much as possible
    d. plug the largest holes first
654: A rope made of a combination of wire and fiber is known as __________.

    a. independent
    b. lang lay
    c. preformed
    d. spring lay
655: Good seamanship while towing in heavy weather requires all of the following EXCEPT __________.

    a. reducing speed to reduce surging on the towline
    b. lashing down or stowing all loose gear
    c. dogging all hatches and watertight doors
    d. streaming all of your towing hawser
656: A deep draft VLCC (100,000 DWT+) navigating in a narrow channel or canal __________.

    a. draws more water than when underway in deep water
    b. draws less water with an increase in speed
    c. requires less power for a given speed
    d. steers better under full power
657: Which space(s) is(are) deducted from gross tonnage to derive net tonnage?

    a. Companions and booby hatches
    b. Open structures
    c. Spaces for the exclusive use of the officers or crew
    d. Water ballast spaces
658: When carrying a full or nearly full load of bulk ore in a general cargo type vessel which has engine spaces amidships, the cargo in each hold should be trimmed so that the bulk of the cargo lies __________.

    a. along the centerline
    b. toward the forward bulkhead of the forward holds and toward the after bulkhead of the after holds
    c. toward the after bulkhead of the forward holds and the forward bulkhead of the after holds
    d. toward the after bulkhead of all holds
659: You are planning to use the crude oil washing system on your tankship. What is required to prevent electrostatic buildup in the tanks?

    a. The portable machines must be set at the proper drop for the first wash before the fixed machines are used.
    b. The source tank for the tank cleaning machines must have least one meter decanted from it.
    c. The inert gas system must reduce the oxygen content in the tanks to a maximum of 18%.
    d. The fixed machines must be operated simultaneously with the portable machines to equalize the electrostatic potential.
660: You receive word that a person has fallen overboard from the starboard side. You should FIRST __________.

    a. notify the Master
    b. put the wheel hard right
    c. put the engines full astern
    d. sound the man overboard alarm
661: The number of certificated lifeboatmen required for a vessel is found on the __________.

    a. Certificate of Inspection
    b. Muster List ("Station Bill")
    c. lifeboats
    d. Register or Enrollment
663: While towing astern, if your towing hawser becomes taut it results in __________.

    a. more catenary in the towing hawser
    b. less catenary in the towing hawser
    c. more yaw
    d. less yaw
664: Coiling new rope against the lay, bringing the lower end up through the center of the coil, then coiling with the lay, in order to remove the kinks, is known as __________.

    a. coiling
    b. faking
    c. flemishing
    d. thoroughfooting
665: The catenary __________.

    a. acts as a reserve length of towing hawser when the tug applies more power, and it dampens the surge effect of the tow
    b. gives an approximation of the amount of strain on the towing hawser
    c. is the dip in the towing hawser between the tug and the tow
    d. All of the above
665: The catenary __________.

    a. acts as a reserve length of towing hawser when the tug applies more power, and it dampens the surge effect of the tow
    b. gives an approximation of the amount of strain on the towing hawser
    c. is the dip in the towing hawser between the tug and the tow
    d. All of the above
666: You are proceeding at a slow speed with your starboard side near the right bank of a channel. If your vessel suddenly sheers toward the opposite bank, the best maneuver would be __________.

    a. full ahead, hard left rudder
    b. full ahead, hard right rudder
    c. full astern, hard left rudder
    d. full astern, hard right rudder
667: While towing in shallow water you should consider __________.

    a. using a short towing hawser
    b. using a floating hawser
    c. the catenary and the effect it may have on the tow
    d. All of the above
668: Which statement is correct concerning the carriage of coal in bulk?

    a. Coal should be vented with surface ventilation only.
    b. Because of its inherent vice, coal should not be loaded wet.
    c. Dunnage should be placed against ship's sides and around stanchions.
    d. Through ventilation, as well as surface ventilation, should be provided whenever possible.
669: Which statement describes the motion of a yawing tow?

    a. The tow twists, sometimes violently, astern of the tug
    b. The tow sheers to one side behind the tug and maintains a position in a line diagonal to the tug's forward movement
    c. The tow snakes behind the tug
    d. All of the above
670: You must evacuate a seaman by helicopter lift. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. The ship should be stopped with the wind off the beam while the helicopter is hovering overhead.
    b. The basket or stretcher must not be allowed to touch the deck.
    c. The tending line of the litter basket should be secured to the ship beyond the radius of the helicopter blades.
    d. The hoist line should be slack before the basket or stretcher is hooked on.
671: A Permit to Proceed is issued by the __________.

    a. American Bureau of Shipping
    b. National Cargo Bureau
    c. U.S. Coast Guard
    d. U.S. Department of Labor
672: When towing alongside (breasted tow), more forward movement will be imparted to the tow by __________.

    a. increasing the angle of line pull to the keel axis of the tow
    b. reducing the angle of line pull to the keel axis of the tow
    c. positioning the towing vessel on the forward end of the tow
    d. shortening the length of the tow line
673: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "C" is called a __________. (DO44DG )

    a. shore line
    b. breast line
    c. spring line
    d. stern line
674: Stuffer-braid rope has __________.

    a. a yarn core
    b. no core
    c. three strands
    d. 12 threads
675: An advantage of the modified Christmas Tree towing method is to __________.

    a. increase the towing hawser's catenary and provide more spring
    b. reduce catenary, allow operation in shallower water, and to release one barge without breaking up the entire tow
    c. enable one tug and its crew without any outside assistance to make up or break down the tow
    d. provide rapid delivery of logs from the northwestern United States to Hawaiian sawmills
676: Conditions for crossing a rough bar are usually best at __________.

    a. low water slack
    b. high water slack
    c. high water ebb
    d. high water flood
676: Conditions for crossing a rough bar are usually best at __________.

    a. low water slack
    b. high water slack
    c. high water ebb
    d. high water flood
677: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "D" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

    a. forward spring line
    b. after spring line
    c. waist breast line
    d. stern line
678: Prior to being able to sail, each vessel that carries grain in bulk must have a certificate of loading issued by the __________.

    a. American Bureau of Shipping
    b. Lloyds of London
    c. National Cargo Bureau
    d. U.S. Salvage
680: You must medevac a critically injured seaman by helicopter hoist. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. The ship's relative wind should be from dead ahead at 10 to 30 knots.
    b. The deck crew at the hoist point should not wear baseball hats.
    c. The helicopter's drop line should be secured to the ship not more than 15 feet from the hoist position.
    d. When using a "horse collar", the bight of the loop should be around the chest of the injured seaman.
682: The mooring line labeled "H" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

    a. forward breast line
    b. offshore bow line
    c. offshore spring line
    d. onshore bow line
683: Barges and vessels are ballasted before departure to __________.

    a. improve their stability
    b. avoid polluting waters where liquid ballast may not be discharged
    c. prevent free surface effects
    d. allow movement of liquids within the barge for tank cleaning
684: Right-laid line should be coiled __________.

    a. clockwise
    b. counterclockwise
    c. either clockwise or counterclockwise
    d. on a reel
685: Which type of ballast is most commonly used in barges and ships?

    a. Water
    b. Oil
    c. Concrete and barite
    d. Sand, rock and gravel
686: The effect known as "bank cushion" acts in which of the following ways on a single-screw vessel proceeding along a narrow channel?

    a. It forces the bow away from the bank.
    b. It forces the stern away from the bank.
    c. It forces the entire vessel away from the bank.
    d. It heels the vessel toward the bank.
687: The damage to a vessel is over $25,000. Who must notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Marine Inspection Office as soon as possible?

    a. The vessel's agent
    b. The owner of the vessel
    c. The Master of the vessel
    d. Any one of the above
688: Who would normally certify that all preparations have been made and all regulations observed prior to loading a cargo of bulk grain?

    a. American Bureau of Shipping
    b. U.S. Coast Guard
    c. National Cargo Bureau
    d. Master of the vessel
689: When your tug reduces speed to shorten tow, the __________.

    a. length of the tow gets shorter as the strain is reduced
    b. tow may continue its momentum and overtake the tug
    c. towing hawser may drag the bottom and put the tug in irons
    d. All of the above
690: A rescue helicopter's hoist area should have a radius of at least __________.

    a. 6 feet of clear deck
    b. 10 feet of clear deck
    c. 25 feet of clear deck
    d. 50 feet of clear deck
691: On U.S. flag vessels, which certificate is always issued by the Coast Guard?

    a. Load Line Certificate
    b. Safety Equipment Certificate
    c. Safety Construction Certificate
    d. Register of cargo gear
692: The tow makeup that is designed to keep the catenary of the tow hawser to a minimum is called the __________.

    a. Christmas tree tow
    b. tandem tow
    c. British tow
    d. tandem tug tow
693: The effect of excessive catenary in shallow water may be __________.

    a. dragging the towing hawser along the bottom and chafing it
    b. snagging sunken or submerged objects
    c. slowing, stopping or endangering the towing operation by placing the tug in irons
    d. All of the above
694: An advantage of nylon rope over manila rope is that nylon rope __________.

    a. can be used in conjunction with wire or spring-lay rope
    b. can be stored on decks exposed to sunlight
    c. can hold a load even when a considerable amount of the yarns have been abraded
    d. gives audible warning of overstress whereas manila does not
695: A tug is "in irons" when held in a fixed position by __________.

    a. the weight of its tow, its being anchored, or grounded
    b. the weight of its towing hawser on the bottom
    c. an adverse current
    d. lack of power or an engine breakdown
696: A vessel traveling down a narrow channel, especially if the draft is nearly equal to the depth of the water, may set off the nearer side. This effect is known as __________.

    a. smelling the bottom
    b. squatting
    c. bank suction
    d. bank cushion
697: What imminent danger results from tripping?

    a. A crew member being knocked over the side
    b. Capsizing your tug
    c. Your tug being pulled backwards by your tow
    d. The tow being thrown off course
698: Which agency issues a certificate of loading that is evidence that the rules and regulations concerning bulk grain cargoes have been observed?

    a. American Bureau of Shipping
    b. Department of Agriculture
    c. National Cargo Bureau
    d. Public Health Service
699: Under which condition is a tug likely to be tripped?

    a. When the tow "jumps" on the line
    b. While making up to tow a large oil rig
    c. When the towing hawser leads forward of the quarter
    d. When the tug exerts maximum bollard pull with the tow close astern
700: A tug is approaching a broken down steamer in moderately heavy weather preparing to take it in tow. In most cases the __________.

    a. steamer will drift stern downwind
    b. tug will drift faster than the steamer
    c. tug should approach stern to
    d. tug should approach from downwind
701: The Safety Equipment Certificate shows that the vessel conforms to the standards of the __________.

    a. U.S. Coast Guard
    b. American Bureau of Shipping
    c. American Salvage Association
    d. S.O.L.A.S. Convention
702: When paying off seamen in a foreign port, where a United States consul is not available, the release must be executed by the seamen and the __________.

    a. representative of the foreign country
    b. local port authority representative
    c. Master of the vessel
    d. ship's union delegate
703: The operator of an uninspected vessel MUST assist people affected by an accident if he or she can do so without __________.

    a. serious danger to his or her own vessel
    b. further damaging the other vessel
    c. undue delay
    d. creating a panic on either vessel
704: Laying out a line in successive circles flat on deck with the bitter end in the center is known as __________.

    a. coiling
    b. faking
    c. flemishing
    d. lining
705: A tug may be in danger of tripping when __________.

    a. towed sideways by an overwhelming force on the towline
    b. her tow moves parallel to and forward on either side of the tug
    c. the tow is no longer directly astern but moves up on her quarter
    d. All of the above
706: How does the effect known as "bank suction" act on a single-screw vessel proceeding along a narrow channel?

    a. It pulls the bow toward the bank.
    b. It pulls the stern toward the bank.
    c. It pushes the entire vessel away from the bank.
    d. It heels the vessel toward the bank.
707: Is tripping limited to harbor and coastal towing?

    a. No! Forces tending to capsize a tug are as dangerous on the high seas as they are in harbor and coastal work.
    b. Yes! The long towing hawser used in ocean towing eliminates the danger of tripping.
    c. No! Tripping is common in ocean towing because of more frequent maneuvering
    d. Yes! Because of increased water depths, forces required to capsize a tug are not usually found in ocean towing
708: The National Cargo Bureau represents the __________.

    a. agent
    b. operator
    c. shipper
    d. All of the above
708: The National Cargo Bureau represents the __________.

    a. agent
    b. operator
    c. shipper
    d. All of the above
709: The designations A,B,C,D, and E grades of cargo refer to the __________.

    a. degrees of quality of petroleum products
    b. flash point range and Reid vapor pressure index of petroleum products
    c. grades of crude oil
    d. pour point, color, and viscosity index of petroleum products
710: Which statement is FALSE, concerning the Williamson turn?

    a. In a large vessel (VLCC) much of the headway will be lost thereby requiring little astern maneuvering.
    b. When the turn is completed, the vessel will be on a reciprocal course and nearly on the original track line.
    c. The initial actions are taken at well defined points and reduce the need for individual judgment.
    d. The turn will return the vessel to the man's location in the shortest possible time.
711: If an alien stowaway is discovered aboard your vessel, his name must be placed on the __________.

    a. Alien Crew List
    b. Crew List
    c. Passenger List
    d. separate Passenger List marked stowaways
712: What is the effect of releasing the towline in a tripping situation?

    a. It disconnects the capsizing force and allows the tug to recover from its list.
    b. It frees the tug from its towing responsibilities.
    c. There is no effect other than relief.
    d. Yawing
713: How do the height and location of a tug's towing bitts relate to the danger of tripping?

    a. The further forward and closer to amidships the more readily the tug will trip.
    b. Placement further aft permits more effective pulling, better steering and eliminates the danger of tripping.
    c. Installing the bitts down low lowers the center of gravity.
    d. The height and position of towing bitts has no significance.
714: Using a safety factor of 6, determine the safe working load of manila line with a breaking stress of 8 tons.

    a. 0.75 tons
    b. 1.25 tons
    c. 1.33 tons
    d. 8.00 tons
715: The term "overriding" or "overrunning" when applied to towing, implies that __________.

    a. there is more crew on board than required
    b. the tow has overtaken its tug
    c. the towing hawser comes out of the water
    d. the Norman pins are not effective
716: Your vessel is proceeding along a narrow channel. The effect called bank cushion has which effect on the vessel?

    a. Forces the bow away from the bank
    b. Forces the stern away from the bank
    c. Forces the entire vessel bodily away from the bank
    d. Decreases the draft at the bow
717: It is the responsibility of the Master to ensure that __________.

    a. the muster list is posted in each compartment
    b. temporary personnel and visitors are advised of emergency stations
    c. names of crew members are listed on the muster list
    d. no changes are made to the muster list
718: How many board feet of dunnage would you estimate to be in a pile 5 feet wide, 1 foot high and 14 feet long?

    a. 70
    b. 840
    c. 960
    d. 1080
719: Most crude oils are classified as grade __________.

    a. A or B
    b. B
    c. C or D
    d. E
720: You suspect that a crewmember has fallen overboard during the night and immediately execute a Williamson turn. What is the primary advantage of this maneuver under these circumstances?

    a. You will be on a reciprocal course and nearly on the track-line run during the night.
    b. The turn provides the maximum coverage of the area to be searched.
    c. The turn enables you to reverse course in the shortest possible time.
    d. You have extra time to maneuver in attempting to close in on the man for rescue.
721: The mooring line labeled "F" is called a __________. (DO44DG )

    a. bow line
    b. forward spring line
    c. breast line
    d. None of the above
722: A tow can override its tug as a result of __________.

    a. a mechanical breakdown on the tug
    b. adverse tidal current conditions
    c. the tug reducing its speed
    d. All of the above
723: What safety precautions must you take when maneuvering on a towing hook?

    a. The engines must be operated on the slow bell.
    b. Clear the afterdeck and fantail of personnel.
    c. Lash the hook closed so it does not open accidentally.
    d. The towing winch engine must be running.
724: Using a safety factor of five, determine what is the safe working load for 3-1/2 inch manila line with a breaking stress of 4.9 tons.

    a. 0.82 ton
    b. 0.98 ton
    c. 2.45 tons
    d. 12.25 tons
725: By law, a user of marijuana shall be subject to __________.

    a. loss of pay during the period of such use
    b. reprimand by the US Coast Guard
    c. revocation of license or certificate
    d. termination of employment
726: A common occurrence when a vessel is running into shallow water is that __________.

    a. the wake is less pronounced
    b. the vessel is more responsive to the rudder
    c. "squat" will cause a decrease in bottom clearance and an increase in draft
    d. All of the above
727: Which space(s) is(are) deducted from gross tonnage to derive net tonnage?

    a. Galley fitted with range or oven
    b. Open structures
    c. Passenger spaces
    d. Boatswain's stores
728: How many board feet of dunnage are in a draft 4 feet wide, 1-1/2 feet high and 13 feet long?

    a. 84
    b. 756
    c. 936
    d. 1021
729: A petroleum liquid has a flash point of 85°F. This is a grade __________.

    a. B flammable liquid
    b. C flammable liquid
    c. D combustible liquid
    d. E combustible liquid
730: In a Williamson turn, the rudder is put over full until the __________.

    a. vessel has turned 90°From her original course
    b. vessel has turned 60°From her original course
    c. vessel is on a reciprocal course
    d. emergency turn signal sounds
731: A Deratization Exemption Certificate is valid for a period of __________.

    a. no time limit so long as Certificate of Sanitation is valid
    b. no time limit so long as no evidence of rodents aboard
    c. 1 year
    d. 6 months
732: Which action should be taken FIRST if your tow is sinking in shallow water?

    a. Pay out the towline until the sunken tow reaches bottom.
    b. Sever the towline.
    c. Immediately head for the nearest shoreline.
    d. Contact the Coast Guard.
733: Before leaving port on an ocean tow, a tug captain should assure himself of all the following EXCEPT __________.

    a. the towing hawser can be released quickly in an emergency
    b. the correct navigation lights are rigged and operable on the tug and tow
    c. an insurance underwriter has prepared a pre-sailing survey
    d. a pick-up wire has been rigged on the tow in case of a breakaway.
734: What is the computed breaking strength of a 4-inch manila line?

    a. 5,280 lbs.
    b. 7,700 lbs.
    c. 12,200 lbs.
    d. 14,400 lbs.
735: A heavy steel curved arch constructed athwartships and above the after deck on a towing vessel is sometimes called a __________.

    a. main brace
    b. tow span
    c. jockey bar
    d. None of the above
736: You notice that your speed has decreased, the stern of your vessel has settled into the water, and your rudder is sluggish in responding. The MOST likely cause is __________.

    a. mechanical problems with the steering gear
    b. shallow water
    c. loss of lubricating oil in the engine
    d. current
737: A heavy steel curved arch constructed athwartships and above the after deck on a towing vessel is sometimes called a __________.

    a. chafing bar
    b. Dutch tow bar
    c. carling
    d. None of the above
738: How many board feet of dunnage are there in a draft 3 feet wide, 1-1/2 feet high, and 14 feet long?

    a. 526
    b. 756
    c. 876
    d. 906
739: Camphor oil is classified as a grade __________.

    a. A
    b. C
    c. D
    d. E
740: The extension of the after part of the keel in a single- screw vessel upon which the stern post rests is called the __________.

    a. boss
    b. knuckle
    c. skeg
    d. strut
741: A vessel has sustained damage in a collision with another vessel. It is necessary to have a Seaworthy Certificate before the vessel sails. Who will issue this certificate?

    a. American Consul
    b. Classification Society
    c. Captain of the Port
    d. Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection
742: Lighter longitudinal stiffening frames on the vessel's side plating are called __________.

    a. stringers
    b. side frames
    c. side stiffeners
    d. intercostals
743: A heavy steel curved arch constructed athwartships and above the after deck on a towing vessel is sometimes called a __________.

    a. towing arch
    b. jockey bar
    c. chafing bar
    d. Dutch tow bar
744: When using natural-fiber rope, you should NEVER __________.

    a. dry the line before stowing it
    b. reverse turns on winches periodically to keep out kinks
    c. try to lubricate the line
    d. use chafing gear
745: When carrying a cargo of asphalt or molten sulfur, which are carried at temperatures of over 300°F, one of the biggest dangers is __________.

    a. water in the tanks or pipelines
    b. having the cargo too cool
    c. explosion of vapors after discharge
    d. inadequate ullage space
746: Which effect does speed through the water have on a vessel which is underway in shallow water?

    a. A decrease in the speed results in a decrease in steering response and maneuverability.
    b. An increase in speed results in the stern sucking down lower than the bow.
    c. An increase in speed results in the vessel rising on an even plane.
    d. A decrease in speed results in the vessel sucking down on an even plane.
747: When carrying a cargo of asphalt or molten sulfur, which are carried at temperatures of over 300°F, one of the biggest dangers is __________.

    a. inadequate ullage space
    b. having the cargo too cool
    c. explosion of vapors after discharge
    d. having to breathe the fumes
749: Butadiene, inhibited, is labeled as a __________.

    a. combustible liquid
    b. flammable gas
    c. flammable liquid
    d. flammable solid
750: On a single-screw vessel the stern frame _____________,

    a. furnishes support to the rudder, propeller shaft, and transom frame
    b. provides foundations for after mooring winches
    c. provides foundations for the main propulsion engines
    d. transfers the driving force of the propeller to the hull
751: A document which has a list of names, birthplaces, and residences of persons employed on a merchant vessel bound from a U.S. port on a foreign voyage and is required at every port is called the __________.

    a. Certified Crew List
    b. Crew Manifest
    c. Shipping Articles
    d. Muster List ("Station Bill")
752: A lot of special cargo of similar cartons as shown is to be loaded. What is the total cubic capacity the consignment will occupy if you assume 10% broken stowage? (D042DG )

    a. 51 cubic feet (1.5 cubic meters)
    b. 58 cubic feet (1.7 cubic meters)
    c. 65 cubic feet (2.0 cubic meters)
    d. 336 cubic feet (10 cubic meters)
754: Which method is used to detect rot in manila lines?

    a. Feeling the surface of the line for broken fibers
    b. Measuring the reduction in circumference of the line
    c. Observing for the appearance of mildew on the outer surface
    d. Opening the strands and examining the inner fibers
755: When underway with a tow, you are required to notify the Coast Guard in which casualty situation?

    a. Accidental stranding or grounding
    b. An injury requiring first aid treatment
    c. Loss of bridge-to-bridge radio capability
    d. Damage to property amounting to $12,500
756: A licensed Master of Towing Vessels may NOT serve as the Captain of which towing vessel?

    a. 99 GRT towing vessel operating on Chesapeake Bay
    b. 199 GRT towing vessel operating in the Gulf of Alaska
    c. 400 GRT towboat operating on the Western Rivers
    d. 375 GRT towing vessel operating between Texas and Puerto Rico
758: An IOPP Certificate on an inspected vessel is valid for what period of time?

    a. 6 months
    b. 1 year
    c. 2 years
    d. 5 years
759: The equipment used to control, protect and connect a towline is called ___________ .

    a. cat head
    b. terminal gear
    c. level wind
    d. poured socket
760: The connection to the towline must be secured with a ____________ .

    a. galvanized screw-pin shackle
    b. hardened steel thimble
    c. shackle secured a nut and cotter pin
    d. shackle fitted with a swivel piece
761: The Immigration and Naturalization Service is concerned with which document on a vessel making preliminary entry into a U.S. port from a foreign port?

    a. Cargo Manifest
    b. Certified Crew List
    c. Curio List
    d. Shipping Articles
762: A towing winch, that handles a wire towline, must have all of the following EXCEPT a ____________ .

    a. device that evenly spools and tightly winds the towline
    b. brake with holding power appropriate for the vessel's horsepower or bollard pull
    c. brake that can be operated when there is no power available to drive the winch
    d. source of emergency power to operate the winch
762: A towing winch, that handles a wire towline, must have all of the following EXCEPT a ____________ .

    a. device that evenly spools and tightly winds the towline
    b. brake with holding power appropriate for the vessel's horsepower or bollard pull
    c. brake that can be operated when there is no power available to drive the winch
    d. source of emergency power to operate the winch
763: A vessel that tows astern must have a/an ___________ .

    a. towing winch
    b. method to easily release the towline
    c. oxy-acetylene cutting torch
    d. ax or knife mounted near the towing bitts
764: Roundline is a __________.

    a. four-stranded, left- or right-handed line
    b. three-stranded, right-handed line
    c. three-stranded, left-handed line
    d. small tarred hempline of three strands laid left-handed
765: The owner or Master of a vessel pushing ahead or towing alongside must ensure that each of the following is appropriate for the vessel's horsepower and tow arrangement EXCEPT _________ .

    a. hydraulic couplings
    b. face wires
    c. push gear
    d. spring lines
766: Insufficient space between the hull and bottom in shallow water will prevent normal screw currents resulting in __________.

    a. waste of power
    b. sudden sheering to either side
    c. sluggish rudder response
    d. All of the above
767: On the cargo manifest, the total weight of an empty cargo box is the __________.

    a. tare weight
    b. net weight
    c. gross weight
    d. cargo weight
768: A cargo of canned foodstuff is packed in cartons. Each carton is 36 cubic feet and weighs 340 pounds. The stowage factor of the cargo is __________.

    a. 9.5
    b. 62
    c. 212
    d. 237
769: The owner or Master of a towing vessel must ensure that each person that directs and controls the movement of the vessel knows all of the following EXCEPT ___________ .

    a. the effects of maneuvering on the vessel and its tow
    b. the speed and direction of any current for the area being transited
    c. how to apply variation and deviation to readings from a magnetic compass
    d. the ownership of the vessel(s) being towed
770: The ratio of the height of a vessel's rudder to its width is referred to as the __________.

    a. aspect ratio
    b. constriction ratio
    c. rudder ratio
    d. steering ratio
771: What does a Visaed Alien Crew List which is made and submitted to the U.S. Consul for visa show?

    a. All aliens aboard
    b. All crew members
    c. Nonresident aliens aboard
    d. Registered aliens aboard
772: To reduce stress on the towing hawser when towing astern (ocean tow), the hawser should be __________.

    a. secured to the aftermost fitting on the towing vessel
    b. just touching the water
    c. underwater
    d. as short as possible
774: The strongest of the natural fibers is __________.

    a. cotton
    b. hemp
    c. manila
    d. sisal
775: You are on a large merchant vessel entering a U.S. port. There is a Pilot onboard and he has the conn. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. The Pilot becomes solely responsible for the safe navigation of the vessel only if the Master relinquishes the conn.
    b. The Pilot is solely responsible for the internal working of the ship.
    c. The Pilot is solely responsible for the safe maneuvering of the ship only if he is required to be on board by law.
    d. The Master is responsible for the safe navigation of the ship and the Pilot is employed for his local knowledge.
776: In most cases, when a large merchant vessel enters shallow water at high speed the __________.

    a. maneuverability will increase
    b. speed will increase
    c. bow will squat farther than the stern
    d. vessel will rise slightly, on a level plane
777: Before a Master relieves a Pilot of the conn, the __________.

    a. Master must always request the Pilot to take corrective action
    b. Master should foresee any danger to the vessel on the present course
    c. Master should agree to sign a release of liability form
    d. vessel must be in extremis
778: What is the stowage factor of a commodity whose density is 15 pounds per cubic foot?

    a. 15
    b. 45
    c. 133
    d. 149
779: Which statement is TRUE of centrifugal pumps aboard tankers?

    a. They are gravity-fed.
    b. They are more expensive than reciprocating pumps.
    c. They are positive displacement pumps.
    d. They are used for stripping pumps.
779: Which statement is TRUE of centrifugal pumps aboard tankers?

    a. They are gravity-fed.
    b. They are more expensive than reciprocating pumps.
    c. They are positive displacement pumps.
    d. They are used for stripping pumps.
780: Bilge keels are more effective at dampening rolls as the __________.

    a. pitching increases
    b. list increases
    c. rolling increases
    d. draft decreases
781: The trim and stability booklet must be approved by the __________.

    a. International Maritime Organization
    b. National Cargo Bureau
    c. Society of Naval Architects and Marine Engineers
    d. United States Coast Guard
782: The owner or Master of a towing vessel shall ensure that each person that directs and controls the movement of the vessel can accurately fix the vessel's position using all of the following EXCEPT ___________ .

    a. installed navigational equipment
    b. buoys alone
    c. all available aids to navigation
    d. depths soundings and hydrographic contour lines
783: The owner or Master of a towing vessel shall ensure that each person that directs and controls the movement of the vessel can accomplish all of the following EXCEPT ___________ .

    a. evaluate the danger of each closing visual or radar contact
    b. adjust speed with due regard for the weather and visibility
    c. reduce speed only where local speed limits are posted
    d. enter all required test and inspection results in the vessel's log or other record carried on board
784: Marline is __________.

    a. four-stranded sisal line
    b. three-stranded cotton line
    c. sail twine
    d. two-stranded hemp cord
785: With rudders amidships and negligible wind, a twin-screw vessel moving ahead on the port screw and backing on the starboard screw will __________.

    a. move in a straight line
    b. pivot to starboard
    c. pivot to port
    d. walk sideways to starboard
786: You are on a single-screw vessel with a right-handed propeller, and you are making headway. When you enter shallow water, __________.

    a. you will have better rudder response
    b. your speed will increase without a change in your throttle
    c. your rudder response will become sluggish
    d. your vessel will tend to ride higher
787: While assigned to a 120 GRT vessel, you are required to sign "foreign" articles on a voyage from New York City to which port?

    a. Halifax, Canada
    b. Long Beach, California
    c. Veracruz, Mexico
    d. Saint Maarten, Netherlands Antilles
788: The lower hold of your vessel has a bale capacity of 45,000 cubic feet. How many cases of a cargo weighing 450 lbs. and measuring 2.5 feet by 3 feet by 3 feet could be stowed in the hold, assuming a broken stowage factor of 15 percent?

    a. 300
    b. 675
    c. 1325
    d. 1700
789: Which statement about a centrifugal cargo pump is TRUE?

    a. It is a positive displacement pump.
    b. It must have a positive suction.
    c. Increasing rotation speed will decrease discharge pressure.
    d. All of the above
790: Which statement is TRUE of centrifugal pumps aboard tank vessels?

    a. They are positive displacement pumps.
    b. They are gravity-fed.
    c. They produce a pulsating flow.
    d. They require more maintenance than a reciprocating pump.
791: The oil record book is required to be carried aboard __________.

    a. tankers
    b. passenger vessels
    c. cargo vessels
    d. All of the above
792: When the vessel is on coastwise articles, the original certificate of the seaman's certificate of discharge is __________.

    a. given to the seaman
    b. retained on board
    c. sent to Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard
    d. sent to the shipping company
794: "White Line" is made from __________.

    a. cotton
    b. hemp
    c. manila
    d. sisal
795: Who certifies the safe working load of cargo booms on a vessel?

    a. U.S. Coast Guard
    b. American Bureau of Shipping
    c. Society of Naval Architects and Marine Engineers
    d. The Ship's Master
796: When you enter shallow water, you would expect your rudder response to __________.

    a. be sluggish and your speed to decrease
    b. be sluggish and your speed to increase
    c. improve and your speed to decrease
    d. improve and your speed to increase
797: A U.S. or foreign flag vessel that does not comply with the Officers Competency Certificates Convention of 1936 may be detained by certain designated officials. These officials include all of the following EXCEPT a/an ___________ .

    a. Coast Guard officer
    b. employee of the U.S. Customs Service
    c. Coast Guard petty officer
    d. State Police officer
798: How many cubic feet of space is required to stow 775 tons of a cargo with a stowage factor of 25? (estimated broken stowage is 15%)

    a. 12,916
    b. 22,794
    c. 25,833
    d. 29,397
799: Temporary Certificates of Inspection are effective until the __________.

    a. Solas Certificate is issued
    b. Load Line Certificate is renewed
    c. classification society approval is issued
    d. permanent Certificate of Inspection is issued
800: A Kort nozzle is a(n) __________.

    a. hollow tube surrounding the propeller used to improve thrust
    b. nozzle attached to a firefighting hose
    c. intake valve on a diesel engine
    d. piston cylinder on a diesel engine
801: When oil is discharged overboard, an entry is required in the __________.

    a. engine rough log
    b. Oil Record Book
    c. Official Logbook
    d. deck rough log
802: You are on watch at sea on course 090°T. A man falls overboard on your starboard side. You immediately start a Williamson Turn. Which action is NOT a part of a Williamson Turn?

    a. Stop the engines until clear of the man.
    b. Come right full rudder until the vessel heads 150°T.
    c. Shift the helm to left full rudder.
    d. Continue with left rudder until on course 270°T.
804: Line is called "small stuff" if its circumference is less than __________.

    a. 1/2"
    b. 3/4"
    c. 1"
    d. 1 3/4"
806: Which will most likely occur when entering shallow water?

    a. Rudder action will become more effective.
    b. The vessel's list will change.
    c. The vessel's trim will change.
    d. An increase in speed will occur.
808: You are loading a cargo of cases into a hold which has a bale cubic of 44,000. The cargo consists of cases measuring 4 ft by 2 ft by 1.5 ft. Estimated broken stowage is 15%. What is the maximum number of cases which can be stowed in the hold?

    a. 3096
    b. 3116
    c. 3136
    d. 3156
809: Which pump must always be primed?

    a. Centrifugal pump
    b. Reciprocating pump
    c. Rotary pump
    d. All of the above
810: In nautical terminology a "dog" is a __________.

    a. crow bar
    b. device to force a water tight door against the frame
    c. heavy steel beam
    d. wedge
811: When oily ballast has been pumped overboard, an entry must be made in the __________.

    a. Oil Record Book
    b. Official Logbook
    c. deck rough log
    d. engine rough log
813: The Officers Competency Certificates Convention of 1936 applies to all of these vessels operating seaward of the boundary line EXCEPT a/an ___________ .

    a. offshore supply vessel over 200 gross tons
    b. passenger vessel of 295 gross tons
    c. uninspected towing vessel of less than 200 gross tons
    d. inspected towing vessel of 305 gross tons
814: In the manufacture of line, plant fibers are twisted together to form __________.

    a. cable
    b. line
    c. strands
    d. yarns
815: A U.S. or foreign flag vessel that does not comply with the Officers Competency Certificates Convention of 1936 may be detained by certain designated officials. These officials include all of the following EXCEPT a/an ___________ .

    a. State Police officer
    b. Coast Guard officer
    c. Coast Guard petty officer
    d. officer of the U.S. Customs Service
815: A U.S. or foreign flag vessel that does not comply with the Officers Competency Certificates Convention of 1936 may be detained by certain designated officials. These officials include all of the following EXCEPT a/an ___________ .

    a. State Police officer
    b. Coast Guard officer
    c. Coast Guard petty officer
    d. officer of the U.S. Customs Service
816: Water may boil up around the stern of a vessel in a channel due to __________.

    a. slack water when upbound
    b. shallow water
    c. a cross current
    d. a head current
817: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "G" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

    a. forward spring line
    b. forward breast line
    c. inshore bow line
    d. offshore bow line
818: Your vessel has a deadweight capacity of 5000 tons and a cubic capacity of 300,000 cu. ft. You are to load lead, with a stowage factor of 18, and cotton, with a stowage factor of 80. If you load full and down, how much cotton should you load?

    a. 1613 tons
    b. 2190 tons
    c. 2810 tons
    d. 3387 tons
819: Which pump must be primed?

    a. Rotary pump
    b. Reciprocating pump
    c. Centrifugal pump
    d. All of the above
820: A partial deck in a hold is called a(n) __________.

    a. weather deck
    b. orlop deck
    c. shelter deck
    d. main deck
821: The Master must maintain the Oil Record Book on board for at least __________.

    a. 1 month
    b. 12 months
    c. 24 months
    d. 36 months
822: You are on watch at sea at night and a fire breaks out in #3 hold. What should be done IMMEDIATELY?

    a. Shut down the cargo hold ventilation.
    b. Proceed to the space and determine the extent of the fire.
    c. Flood the space with C02 from the fixed fire fighting system.
    d. Cool the deck to contain the fire.
823: Which statement concerning a 298 GRT inspected tug engaged in towing from Seattle, WA, to Alaska is TRUE?

    a. A licensed Master of Towing Vessels may serve as Master.
    b. Crew must be signed on before a Shipping Commissioner.
    c. Each crew member must be issued a certificate of discharge at the time of discharge.
    d. No able seamen are required.
824: The larger sizes of manila line are measured by their __________.

    a. radius
    b. diameter
    c. circumference
    d. weight per foot
825: Who is responsible for establishing watches aboard a U.S. vessel?

    a. The owner of the vessel
    b. The company that operates the vessel
    c. The company that charters the vessel
    d. The Master of the vessel
826: In order to reduce your wake in a narrow channel you should __________.

    a. apply enough rudder to counter the effect of the current
    b. change your course to a zigzag course
    c. reduce your speed
    d. shift the weight to the stern
827: The pitch of a propeller is a measure of the __________.

    a. angle that the propeller makes with a free stream of water
    b. angle that the propeller makes with the surface of the water
    c. number of feet per revolution the propeller is designed to advance in still water without slip
    d. positive pressure resulting from the difference of the forces on both sides of the moving propeller in still water without slip
828: Your vessel's available bale cubic capacity is 625,000 and her available cargo capacity is 10,000 deadweight tons. Disregarding broken stowage, how many tons of pyrite (stowage factor - 13) and how many tons of cork (s.f. - 150) must be loaded to be full and down?

    a. 6387 tons pyrite, 3613 tons cork
    b. 6721 tons pyrite, 3279 tons cork
    c. 7500 tons pyrite, 2500 tons cork
    d. 9133 tons pyrite, 867 tons cork
829: In terms of vessel manning, a watch is the ____________ .

    a. direct performance of deck or engine operations in a scheduled and fixed rotation
    b. performance of maintenance work necessary for the vessel's safe operation, on a daily basis
    c. performance of lookout duties
    d. direct performance of cargo loading and discharge operations only
830: On which vessels are the officers and deck crew allowed to operate under a two-watch system on voyages of less than 600 miles?

    a. Towing vessels
    b. Offshore supply vessels
    c. Barges, when manned
    d. All of the above
831: The Oil Record Book on a vessel NOT engaged on a foreign voyage shall be maintained on board for not less than __________.

    a. 12 months
    b. 24 months
    c. 36 months
    d. 48 months
833: The Master may require part of the crew to work when needed for ___________ .

    a. maneuvering, shifting berth, mooring and unmooring
    b. performing work necessary for the safety of the vessel, its passengers, crew or cargo
    c. performing fire, lifeboat or other drills in port or at sea
    d. All of the above
834: A whipping on a fiber line __________.

    a. keeps the ends from fraying
    b. strengthens it
    c. protects your hands
    d. becomes part of a splice
835: For towing vessels over 100 gross tons that are permitted to maintain a two-watch system, what percentage of the deck crew must be able seamen?

    a. 50%
    b. 65%
    c. 75%
    d. 100%
836: River currents tend to __________.

    a. pick up speed where the channel widens
    b. run slower in the center of the channel
    c. hug the inside of a bend
    d. cause the greatest depth of water to be along the outside of a bend
837: When may foreign licensed or documented personnel be employed on a US-flag towing vessel?

    a. While on a foreign voyage and outside US jurisdiction, in order to meet manning requirements
    b. While operating above the US outer continental shelf
    c. On vessels operating on domestic voyages only
    d. Never, under any circumstances
838: You are going to load bales of wool having a stowage factor of 110 in #3 lower hold which has a bale cubic of 72,000. If broken stowage is figured at 15%, how many tons of the wool can be stowed?

    a. 556
    b. 654
    c. 752
    d. 770
839: The valve on the discharge side of a cargo pump on a tank vessel will usually be a __________.

    a. butterfly valve
    b. spectacle valve
    c. check valve
    d. globe valve
840: The terms "cant frame" and "counter" are associated with the vessel's __________.

    a. cargo hatch
    b. forecastle
    c. steering engine
    d. stern
841: All entries in the Official Logbook must be signed by the Master and __________.

    a. the Union Representative
    b. the person about whom the entry concerns
    c. no one else
    d. one other crew member
842: When can the US citizenship requirement for the Master of a US-flag uninspected towing vessel be waived?

    a. When US-licensed Masters are not readily available
    b. When it costs too much to hire a US-licensed Master
    c. When the towing vessel operates shoreward of the boundary line
    d. Never, under any circumstances
843: If the Master of a US-flag towing vessel replaces any crew member with a non-US citizen, he/she must ensure that the ___________ .

    a. replacement holds a license or document equivalent in experience and training to a mariner holding US credentials
    b. replacement can communicate with other crew members to the extent required by regulations
    c. vessel is on a foreign voyage, outside US jurisdiction, and not operating above the US outer continental shelf
    d. all of the above
844: Using a safety factor of five, determine the safe working load of a line with a breaking strain of 20,000 pounds.

    a. 4,000
    b. 5,000
    c. 20,000
    d. 100,000
844: Using a safety factor of five, determine the safe working load of a line with a breaking strain of 20,000 pounds.

    a. 4,000
    b. 5,000
    c. 20,000
    d. 100,000
845: The terminology "able to understand any order spoken by the officers" refers to all of the following situations EXCEPT __________ .

    a. in response to a fire
    b. directing the use of lifesaving equipment
    c. for deck department crew members to understand the terminology used in the engine room
    d. in response to a man overboard
846: A vessel proceeding along the bank of a river or channel has the tendency to __________.

    a. continue in line with the bank
    b. hug the bank
    c. sheer away from the bank
    d. increase speed
847: When towing astern what equipment should be stowed ready for use near the towline?

    a. First aid kit
    b. Axe or cutting torch
    c. Fire extinguisher
    d. Chafing gear
848: You are loading a cargo of canned goods with a stowage factor of 65. If you allow 15% for broken stowage, how many tons can be loaded in a space of 55,000 cubic feet?

    a. 687
    b. 719
    c. 846
    d. 973
849: The valve on the discharge side of a cargo pump on a tank vessel will usually be a __________.

    a. gate valve
    b. butterfly valve
    c. globe valve
    d. check valve
850: Panting frames are located in the __________.

    a. after double bottoms
    b. centerline tanks on tankships
    c. fore and after peaks
    d. forward double bottoms
851: Your vessel (185 GT) is on a voyage between New York and San Francisco. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. The maintenance of an Official Logbook is optional.
    b. The vessel must be on foreign articles.
    c. This is considered a coastwise voyage.
    d. An Official Logbook must be maintained.
852: How can the Coast Guard determine that a crew member is "able to understand any order spoken by the officers"?

    a. Require a demonstration by the officer and the crew member
    b. Require a written test
    c. Require that an interpreter be provided
    d. All of the above
853: Who is responsible for properly manning a vessel in accordance with all applicable laws, regulations and international conventions?

    a. The (USCG) Officer in Charge of Marine Inspection
    b. The (USCG) Captain of the Port
    c. The owner or operator of the vessel
    d. The Master of the vessel
854: A piece of small stuff (small line) secured to an object to prevent it from going adrift is a __________.

    a. lanyard
    b. keeper
    c. noose
    d. stopper
855: Which party must ensure that legal work hour limitations (for both officers and crew members), rest periods and regulations governing work on Sundays and holidays are followed when the vessel is in a safe harbor?

    a. The owner of the vessel
    b. The company operating the vessel
    c. The Master of the vessel
    d. The company chartering the vessel
856: A wedge of water building up between the bow and nearer bank which forces the bow out and away describes __________.

    a. bank cushion
    b. bank suction
    c. combined effect
    d. bend effect
857: On vessels over 100 gross tons, whose responsibility is it to ensure that all able seamen in the vessel's crew have the documents and qualifications required by law and regulation?

    a. Master of the vessel
    b. USCG Officer in Charge of Marine Inspection
    c. Owner or operator of the vessel
    d. Company's personnel director
858: The lower hold of your vessel has a bale capacity of 60,000 cubic feet. How many tons of cotton in bales having a stowage factor of 85 can be stowed in the lower hold, assuming a broken stowage factor of 20%?

    a. 141
    b. 565
    c. 706
    d. 847
859: To insure proper seating when closing a valve on a tank, the valve should be __________.

    a. closed against the stop and the locking pin inserted
    b. closed, opened a half turn, and then closed again
    c. set up as tight as possible by hand
    d. set up tight using a valve wrench
860: Which category of able seaman is not authorized to be counted as an able seaman on a seagoing tug of over 100 gross tons?

    a. Unlimited
    b. Limited
    c. Special
    d. Special (OSV)
861: Every entry required to be made in the Official Logbook shall be signed by the __________.

    a. Mate on watch
    b. Master and Chief Mate or other member of the crew
    c. Master only
    d. Purser, one of the Mates, and some other member of the crew
862: The term "pintle" and "gudgeon" are associated with the __________.

    a. anchor windlass
    b. jumbo boom
    c. rudder
    d. steering engine
863: When underway with a tow, you are required to notify the Coast Guard in which casualty situation?

    a. Damage to property amounting to $12,500
    b. Accidental stranding or grounding
    c. Loss of bridge-to-bridge radio capability
    d. An injury requiring first aid treatment
864: During the manufacture of line, yarns are twisted together in the __________.

    a. opposite direction from which the fibers are twisted together to form strands
    b. same direction the fibers are twisted to form strands
    c. opposite direction from which the fibers are twisted together to form the line
    d. opposite direction from which the fibers are twisted together forming cables
865: A nylon line is rated at 15,000 lbs. breaking strain. Using a safety factor of 5, what is the safe working load (SWL)?

    a. 3,000 lbs
    b. 5,000 lbs
    c. 15,000 lbs
    d. 65,000 lbs
866: For the deepest water when rounding a bend in a river, you should navigate your vessel __________.

    a. toward the inside of the bend
    b. toward the outside of the bend
    c. toward the center of the river just before the bend, then change course for the river's center after the bend
    d. in the river's center
867: Who may perform as a lookout?

    a. A member of the engineering watch
    b. A member of the navigational watch
    c. A member of the Stewards Department
    d. All of the above
867: Who may perform as a lookout?

    a. A member of the engineering watch
    b. A member of the navigational watch
    c. A member of the Stewards Department
    d. All of the above
868: You are going to load bales of wool having a stowage factor of 100 in #3 lower hold which has a bale cubic of 72,000. How many tons of the wool can be stowed in the compartment, assuming 10% broken stowage?

    a. 493
    b. 577
    c. 602
    d. 648
869: To ensure proper seating when closing a valve on a tank, the valve should be __________.

    a. set up as tight as possible by hand
    b. set up tight using a valve wrench
    c. closed, opened a half turn, and then closed
    d. closed against the stop and the locking pin inserted
870: The terms "ceiling" and "margin plate" are associated with the __________.

    a. crew's quarters
    b. engine room
    c. main deck
    d. tank top
871: In writing up the logbook at the end of your watch, you make an error in writing an entry. What is the proper means of correcting this error?

    a. Cross out the error with a single line, and write the correct entry, then initial it.
    b. Carefully and neatly erase the entry and rewrite it correctly.
    c. Remove this page of the log book, and rewrite all entries on a clean page.
    d. Blot out the error completely and rewrite the entry correctly.
872: In a foreign port with a consulate, the U.S. Consul may excuse the Master from personally appearing before him to consent to the mutual release of an injured seaman, when the __________.

    a. injury requires immediate inpatient hospitalization of the seaman
    b. Master authorizes the agent to act in his place
    c. ship is still in port and the seaman can appear before the Consul after medical treatment
    d. seaman also consents to the absence, and there is no dispute as to the wages due
873: At the required fire drill, all persons must report to their stations and demonstrate their ability to perform the duties assigned to them __________.

    a. by the Coast Guard regulations
    b. in the Muster List ("Station Bill")
    c. by the person conducting the drill
    d. at the previous safety meeting
874: Which type of line would have the LEAST resistance to mildew and rot?

    a. Manila
    b. Nylon
    c. Dacron
    d. Polypropylene
875: Which statement, concerning offshore supply vessel operations, correctly defines the length of a voyage?

    a. The distance from the point of departure to the vessel's first stop
    b. The distance from the point of departure to the most distant point offshore
    c. The total distance from the port of departure to the port of arrival, not including stops at offshore points
    d. The shortest measurable distance from the port of departure to the port of arrival
876: You intend to overtake a vessel in a narrow channel. As you approach the other vessel's stern __________.

    a. you will gain speed
    b. both vessels will gain speed
    c. the vessels will drift together
    d. the vessels will drift apart
877: On which vessels may licensed individuals be required to stand watch under the two-watch system, on voyages of more than 600 miles in length?

    a. Uninspected towing vessels
    b. Offshore supply vessels
    c. Cargo ships
    d. Tank vessels
878: You are going to load bales of wool having a stowage factor of 96 in #3 lower hold which has a bale cubic of 84,000. How many tons of wool can be stowed in the compartment?

    a. 577
    b. 602
    c. 654
    d. 875
879: Centrifugal pumps have what advantage(s) over reciprocating pumps?

    a. They are less expensive.
    b. They are smaller for equivalent pumping ability.
    c. They pump more cargo in less time.
    d. All of the above
880: The projecting lugs of the rudderpost which furnish support to the rudder are called __________.

    a. bases
    b. gudgeons
    c. pintles
    d. rudder lugs
881: The proper way to correct a mistake in the logbook is to __________.

    a. erase the entry and rewrite
    b. completely black out the entry and rewrite
    c. draw a line through the entry, rewrite, and initial
    d. draw several lines through the entry and rewrite
882: The owner or Master of a towing vessel that tows astern must keep records of the towline(s) that include all of the following information EXCEPT _____________ .

    a. the towline's initial minimum breaking strength as determined by the manufacturer
    b. an invoice showing the cost of the towline
    c. the towline's nautical miles of use or time in service
    d. the history of loading of the towline
883: The size and material used for towline(s) must meet all of the following requirements, EXCEPT ____________ .

    a. be appropriate to the vessel's horsepower or bollard pull
    b. be strong enough to handle any static or dynamic loads expected during its service life
    c. fit any spare wire clips carried on board the vessel for repair purposes
    d. be suitable for exposure to the marine environment
884: When towing astern, each towline must meet all of these requirements, EXCEPT ___________ .

    a. being suitable for use as soon as it is removed from its normal stowage location
    b. having wire clips for other than a temporary repair
    c. having the end either spliced with a thimble or fitted with a poured socket
    d. being free of knots
885: How many wire clips must be used to make a temporary repair to a tow wire?

    a. 3
    b. 4
    c. 5
    d. Wire clips are never, under any circumstances, permitted
886: Two vessels are abreast of each other and passing port to port in a confined waterway. What should you expect as your bow approaches the screws of the other vessel?

    a. Your speed will significantly increase.
    b. Your draft will significantly decrease.
    c. Your bow will sheer towards the other vessel.
    d. Your bow will sheer away from the other vessel.
887: The condition of a towline must be monitored by ______________ .

    a. keeping record of the towline's initial minimum breaking strength
    b. keeping record of each retest of the towline's minimum breaking strength
    c. conducting routine visual inspections of the towline
    d. All of the above
888: You are going to load bales of wool having a stowage factor of 100 in #3 lower hold which has a bale cubic of 62,000. How many tons of the wool can be stowed in the compartment, assuming 10% broken stowage?

    a. 520
    b. 558
    c. 620
    d. 654
889: The owner or Master of a towing vessel must evaluate whether the entire towline, or a part of it, is no longer serviceable. The towline should be removed from service in all cases EXCEPT ___________ .

    a. when recommended by the manufacturer or an authorized classification society
    b. in accordance with a replacement schedule
    c. when the vessel is underway
    d. depending on the mileage or time that the towline has been in service
890: A term applied to the bottom shell plating in a double-bottom ship is __________.

    a. bottom floor
    b. outer bottom
    c. shear plating
    d. tank top
891: A seaman assaults the Second Mate and injures him with a beer bottle while the ship is at sea. The incident is logged in the Official Logbook. In subsequent suspension and revocation proceedings against the seaman, according to the regulations, __________.

    a. the Second Mate and the Master must testify as to the facts of the assault
    b. the case will be dismissed if the logbook entries are improperly made
    c. the logbook entry is prima facie evidence of the facts if it complies with the law
    d. the logbook is inadmissible if the logbook entries do not conform to the law
892: On a shallow water tow, the catenary of the towline should be __________.

    a. large
    b. small
    c. eliminated
    d. adjusted frequently
893: Considering the manning requirements for U.S. vessels, your three watch cargo vessel has a deck crew of 20 people, exclusive of the officers. How many of these people do the manning regulations require to be Able Seamen?

    a. 13
    b. 10
    c. 7
    d. 5
894: When taking a length of new manila rope from the coil, you should __________.

    a. mount the coil so it will turn like a spool and unreel from the outside
    b. roll the coil along the deck and allow the rope to fall off the coil
    c. lay the coil on end with the inside end down, then pull the inside end up through the middle of the coil
    d. lay the coil on end with the inside end up then unwind the rope from the outside of the coil
895: Which factor would NOT lead to removing a towline from service?

    a. An excessive number of miles of towing service.
    b. Failing a tensile strength test that proved the towline was no longer appropriate for expected sea conditions.
    c. When heavy grease on the towline saturates the core of the wire rope.
    d. Its surface condition is noted, including its corrosion and discoloration.
896: A V-shaped ripple with the point of the V pointing upstream in a river may indicate a __________.

    a. submerged rock, not dangerous to navigation
    b. sunken wreck, not dangerous to navigation
    c. towed-under buoy
    d. All of the above
897: Which factor(s) might indicate that a towline should be removed from service?

    a. Visible damage to the towline, including fishhooks.
    b. Measurements showing a decrease in diameter.
    c. A surface condition of corrosion and discoloration.
    d. All of the above
898: You must load as much of a large shipment of case goods as possible into a hold which has 24,000 cubic feet of space. Each case measures 2 feet by 2-1/2 feet by 4 feet and weights 448 pounds. If you allow for broken stowage of 15%, how many long tons can be loaded?

    a. 280
    b. 233
    c. 204
    d. 190
899: When must the owner or Master of a towing vessel retest a towline or remove it from service?

    a. When the record of its material condition lapses for 3 months or more.
    b. After it jams on the towing winch.
    c. After it drags on the bottom.
    d. When it has not been used for over 60 days.
900: Camber, in a ship, is usually measured in __________.

    a. feet per feet of breadth
    b. feet per feet of length
    c. inches per feet of breadth
    d. inches per feet of length
901: What is required to be entered into the Official Logbook?

    a. Opening a sideport at sea to renew a gasket
    b. The annual required stripping and cleaning of the lifeboats
    c. The biennial weight test of the lifeboats and falls
    d. The drafts on entering port
902: The number of able seamen required on board is stated in the __________.

    a. American Bureau of Shipping code
    b. Solas Certificate
    c. Classification Certificate
    d. Certificate of Inspection
904: In order to help protect a natural fiber rope from rotting, the line must be __________.

    a. dried, and stowed in a place with adequate ventilation
    b. stowed in a hot, moist compartment
    c. stowed on deck at all times
    d. stowed in any compartment
905: When should you conduct a visual inspection of your towline?

    a. Whenever its serviceability is in doubt.
    b. In accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation.
    c. At least once a month.
    d. All of the above
906: A snag or other underwater obstruction may form a __________.

    a. V-shaped ripple with the point of the V pointing upstream
    b. V-shaped ripple with the point of the V pointing downstream
    c. small patch of smooth water on a windy day
    d. smoothing out of the vessel's wake
907: While assigned to a 90 GRT vessel, you are required to sign "foreign" articles on a voyage from Philadelphia to which port?

    a. San Francisco, CA
    b. Baltimore, MD
    c. Tampico, Mexico
    d. Montreal, Canada
908: You must load as much of a large shipment of case goods as possible into a hold which has 24,400 cubic feet of space. Each case measures 2 feet by 2 feet by 4 feet and weighs 448 pounds. If you allow for broken stowage of 15%, how many long tons can be loaded?

    a. 54
    b. 207
    c. 259
    d. 351
909: What is the purpose of the relief valve of a cargo pump?

    a. Provides for the removal of vapors
    b. Allows two or more tanks to be filled at the same time
    c. Provides for the emergency shutdown of the pump
    d. Permits the return of cargo to the suction side of the pump
910: The purpose of sheer in ship construction is to __________.

    a. allow the ship to ride waves with drier decks
    b. eliminate the need for butt straps
    c. eliminate the need for margin plates
    d. give greater strength at the deck edge
911: Which entry is NOT required in the Official Logbook?

    a. Steering gear tests
    b. Position of the load line and freeboard upon sailing
    c. Commencement and termination of cargo operations
    d. Closure of hatches and sideports upon sailing
911: Which entry is NOT required in the Official Logbook?

    a. Steering gear tests
    b. Position of the load line and freeboard upon sailing
    c. Commencement and termination of cargo operations
    d. Closure of hatches and sideports upon sailing
912: You are aboard vessel "A" in a narrow channel and the pilot is approaching vessel "B" as shown. The reason he has not previously changed course to the starboard side of the channel is __________. (DIAGRAM 37 )

    a. to avoid vessel squat in the shallower water near the bank
    b. to avoid the effects of bank cushion and bank suction
    c. because there is less chance of striking submerged objects in mid-channel
    d. because the current has less eddies in mid-channel
913: When commencing cargo operations on a container ship, one cell at a hatch is generally discharged completely (to the bottom of the ship) before removing any containers from the adjoining cells to ____________.

    a. remove an existing list that would slow down cargo operations
    b. initiate loading in conjunction with unloading at the hatch
    c. improve stability during cargo operations
    d. allow longshoremen easy access to the hatch
914: When natural fiber rope gets wet, the __________.

    a. overall strength of the line will decrease
    b. line shrinks in length
    c. line will become more elastic
    d. line will be easier to handle
915: What is the period of validity of a Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate?

    a. 6 months
    b. 12 months
    c. 24 months
    d. 60 months
916: A condition where two currents meet at the downstream end of a middle bar can be determined by a __________.

    a. small whirlpool
    b. smooth patch of water
    c. V-shaped ripple with the point of the V pointing downstream
    d. V-shaped ripple with the point of the V pointing upstream
917: What is the period of validity of a Safety Management Certificate?

    a. 60 months
    b. 48 months
    c. 42 months
    d. 36 months
918: Ten triangular piles of piping on the pier are to be loaded - each pile has a 20 foot base, is 15 feet high and 30 feet long. If the breadth of the hold is 60 feet and the piping is to be stowed fore and aft in a 30 foot space, how high will it stow?

    a. 16.6 feet
    b. 25.0 feet
    c. 50.0 feet
    d. 75.0 feet
919: A deepwell pump is a type of __________.

    a. screw pump
    b. centrifugal pump
    c. eductor
    d. gear pump
920: A vessel's light displacement is 12,000 tons. Its heavy displacement is 28,000 tons. When fully loaded it carries 200 tons of fuel and 100 tons of water and stores. What is the cargo carrying capacity in tons?

    a. 11,700 tons
    b. 15,700 tons
    c. 16,000 tons
    d. 27,700 tons
921: Which item must be entered in the official log?

    a. All engine orders
    b. Drafts upon leaving port
    c. Names of night mates and engineers
    d. Number of cargo gangs on board
922: You are on watch at sea at night, and a fire breaks out in #3 hold. What would you NOT do immediately?

    a. Shut down the cargo hold ventilation.
    b. Sound the fire alarm signal to rouse out all hands.
    c. Call the Master.
    d. Proceed to the space and inspect the extent of the fire.
923: An advantage of nylon rope over manila rope is that nylon rope __________.

    a. can hold a load even when a considerable number of the yarns have been abraded
    b. can be stored on deck, exposed to sunlight
    c. can be used in conjunction with wire or spring-lay rope
    d. gives audible warning of overstress whereas manila does not
925: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "E" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

    a. bow line
    b. after spring line
    c. bow spring line
    d. forward breast line
926: Usually the most gentle way of riding out a severe storm on a larger vessel is __________.

    a. head on at slow speeds
    b. hove to
    c. running before the seas
    d. to rig a sea anchor
927: Sluicing or slushing wire rope __________.

    a. prevents internal and external rust and corrosion
    b. reduces chafing and increases its useful service life
    c. reduces internal friction within the wire
    d. All of the above
928: Which of the signals listed is required to be displayed during the day while bunkering?

    a. A red flag
    b. A yellow flag
    c. A red and yellow flag
    d. A red light
929: All of the following steps are taken in starting a centrifugal pump, EXCEPT to __________.

    a. set the relief valve
    b. check the lubrication system
    c. vent the pump casing
    d. open the pump suction and discharge valves
930: Which of the signals listed is required to be displayed at night while bunkering at a dock?

    a. One red light
    b. Two red lights
    c. One red light over a yellow light
    d. One red light over a white light
931: Which is NOT a required entry in the ship's Official Logbook?

    a. Sale of effects of a deceased crew member
    b. Medical treatment of an injury
    c. Inspections of cargo gear
    d. Dry docking of the vessel
932: When bunkering at a dock which of the following signals must be displayed?

    a. A yellow flag by day, red light by night
    b. A red flag by day, red light by night
    c. A green flag by day, green light by night
    d. A red flag by day, a blue light by night
934: Which method is used to detect rot in manila lines?

    a. Opening the strands and examining the inner fibers
    b. Measuring the reduction in circumference of the line
    c. Observing for the appearance of mildew on the outer surface
    d. Feeling the surface of the line for broken fibers
935: The scuppers had been plugged as required at the time an oil spill occurs on deck. After shutting down the transfer, the engineroom should first be informed and then __________.

    a. rig a fire hose and call for water on deck
    b. spread an absorbent material, such as sawdust
    c. remove the plugs from the scuppers
    d. sound the general alarm
936: A precaution you should take before bunkering is to __________

    a. plug the vents
    b. plug the sounding pipes
    c. plug the scuppers
    d. close the lids on the vents
937: When towing astern, you notice that another vessel is about to pass between the towing vessel and the tow. You should immediately __________.

    a. turn away from the approaching vessel
    b. shine a spotlight in the direction of the approaching vessel
    c. sever the towline
    d. slow down and pay out the main tow hawser
938: The deck load capacity of a compartment into which you intend to load a cargo of soft brick is 380 lbs. per sq. ft. The stowage factor of the brick is 21.3. Disregarding broken stowage, what is the maximum height the brick may be stacked without endangering the structure?

    a. 1.7 feet
    b. 3.6 feet
    c. 5.0 feet
    d. 7.1 feet
939: What is the purpose of pressure-vacuum relief valves?

    a. Regulation of discharge pressure from cargo pumps
    b. Maintaining constant velocity in cargo lines
    c. Regulation of suction head on cargo pumps
    d. To maintain a tank or void at atmospheric pressure
940: When selecting the fuel oil tanks for the "burn-out" of bunkers during a voyage consideration of all of the following must be taken with the EXCEPTION of __________.

    a. flashpoint
    b. stability
    c. trim
    d. list
941: Which logbook is required to be submitted to the Coast Guard?

    a. Official Log
    b. Smooth log
    c. Rough log
    d. Bell log
942: The damage to a vessel is over $25,000. Who must notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Marine Inspection Office as soon as possible?

    a. The Master of the vessel
    b. The Radio Officer
    c. The Chief Officer
    d. All of the above
944: When caring for natural-fiber line, you should NEVER __________.

    a. dry the line before stowing it
    b. lubricate the line
    c. protect the line from weather
    d. slack off taut lines when it rains
945: After having been pulled aloft in a bosun's chair on a mast, you must now make yourself fast in the chair prior to painting the mast. You should first __________.

    a. have the sailor on deck make the hauling part fast to a cleat on the mast
    b. make the tail of the line leading from the becket bend fast to a padeye on the mast
    c. seize the hauling part and the standing part firmly in one hand to support your weight
    d. frap yourself to the mast to take the strain off the hauling part
946: Which measure should NOT be taken to reduce the pounding of a vessel in a head sea?

    a. Add ballast in the after peak.
    b. Add ballast forward.
    c. Alter course.
    d. Reduce speed.
948: Twenty-five hundred (2500) tons of iron ore with a stowage factor of 17 is stowed in a cargo hold. The dimensions of the hold are 55 feet long and 45 feet wide and 35 feet high. What is the height of the center of gravity of the ore above the bottom of the hold?

    a. 7.8 feet
    b. 8.6 feet
    c. 17.1 feet
    d. 34.6 feet
949: Cargo pump relief valves are piped to the __________.

    a. cargo pump pressure gauges
    b. crossover lines interconnecting two pumps
    c. suction side of pumps
    d. atmosphere through pump vents
950: The upward slope of a ships bottom from the keel to the bilge is known as __________.

    a. camber
    b. slope
    c. deadrise
    d. keel height
951: The responsibility for maintaining the Official Logbook on voyages between the Atlantic and Pacific coasts of the United States rests with the __________.

    a. Chief Mate of the vessel
    b. Master of the vessel
    c. Deck Officer of the watch at the time of the occurrence
    d. Purser of the vessel
952: You have orders to load cargoes of carbon disulfide, diisopropylamine and pyridine on your multi-product tankship. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. Carbon disulfide may be carried in NOS. 1 and 2 center tanks and diisopropylamine in NOS. 1 and 2 wing tanks.
    b. Pyridine and diisopropylamine may be carried in tanks having a common header vent.
    c. Pyridine need not be separated from carbon disulfide by two barriers (cofferdams, voids, empty tanks, etc.).
    d. A tank of carbon disulfide may be used to separate a tank of pyridine from a tank of diisopropylamine.
953: When bunkering at anchorage which of the following signals must be displayed?

    a. A red flag by day, red light by night
    b. A red flag by day ONLY
    c. A red light by night ONLY
    d. No signal required at anchorage
954: In order to correctly open a new coil of manila line, you should __________.

    a. pull the tagged end from the top of the coil
    b. pull the tagged end through the eye of the coil
    c. secure the outside end and unroll the coil
    d. unreel the coil from a spool
955: In which case is the IOPP Certificate of an inspected vessel NOT invalidated?

    a. The required oily-water separator malfunctions.
    b. The ship is transferred to Liberian registry.
    c. An annual survey is conducted fifteen months after the date of certificate issuance.
    d. A 15 ppm oily-water separator is replaced by a 100 ppm oily-water separator.
956: When a vessel is swinging from side to side off course due to quartering seas, the vessel is __________.

    a. broaching
    b. pitchpoling
    c. rolling
    d. yawing
957: Your vessel has completed an inspection for certification and is issued a Temporary Certificate of Inspection. The Temporary Certificate __________.

    a. has the full force of the regular Certificate of Inspection
    b. expires six months after it is issued
    c. must be exchanged for a regular Certificate of Inspection within 3 months
    d. is retained in the custody of the Master
958: You are in a tropical port. The refrigeration machinery on a container loaded with air-cooled fruit fails. It cannot be repaired for 18 to 24 hours. Which step should you take to reduce the temperature rise and spoilage of the fruit?

    a. Discharge a cylinder of nitrogen into the container
    b. Shade the container and periodically hose it down
    c. Seal any ventilation openings and add dry ice
    d. Spread ice over the top layer and in any voids within the container
959: A relief valve for a cargo pump is generally installed __________.

    a. after the discharge valve
    b. between the pump and discharge valve
    c. after the suction valve
    d. between the pump and suction valve
960: Gross tonnage indicates the vessel's __________.

    a. displacement in metric tons
    b. total weight including cargo
    c. volume in cubic feet
    d. draft in feet
961: Which log includes a statement of the conduct, ability, and character of each crew member on the completion of a voyage?

    a. Official Logbook
    b. Department Logbook
    c. Crew Logbook
    d. Smooth Logbook
962: You are the person in charge of a 199-GT uninspected towing vessel engaged in towing from New York to Mexico and then returning, a distance in excess of 600 miles. Which statement is FALSE?

    a. The crew members are required to sign articles.
    b. All deck crew members are to have a Merchant Mariner's Document.
    c. Able seamen are required in the deck crew.
    d. The sailors shall be divided into three watches.
963: You are the person in charge of a 199-GT uninspected towing vessel engaged in towing from Galveston to Savannah and then returning, a distance in excess of 600 miles. Which statement is FALSE?

    a. The sailors shall be divided into three watches.
    b. All deck crew members are to have a Merchant Mariner's Document.
    c. Able seamen are required in the deck crew.
    d. The crew members are NOT required to sign articles.
964: To coil a left-hand laid rope, you should coil the line in __________.

    a. a clockwise direction only
    b. a counterclockwise direction only
    c. an alternating clockwise and counterclockwise direction
    d. either a clockwise or a counterclockwise direction
965: While steering by autopilot you notice that the vessel has deviated 15 degrees from course and there is no corrective rudder being applied. As a standard operating procedure you should first __________.

    a. check the setting of the rudder adjustment
    b. check the setting of the weather adjustment
    c. switch to hand steering
    d. immediately engage the trick wheel
965: While steering by autopilot you notice that the vessel has deviated 15 degrees from course and there is no corrective rudder being applied. As a standard operating procedure you should first __________.

    a. check the setting of the rudder adjustment
    b. check the setting of the weather adjustment
    c. switch to hand steering
    d. immediately engage the trick wheel
966: When a boat turns broadside to heavy seas and winds, thus exposing the boat to the danger of capsizing, the boat has __________.

    a. broached
    b. pitchpoled
    c. trimmed
    d. yawed
967: While steering by autopilot you notice that the vessel is deviating from the given course and there is no follow up with corrective rudder action to return to the proper heading. The emergency operating procedure should require you to immediately change operation from __________.

    a. "gyro" to "hand"
    b. "hand" to "gyro"
    c. "gyro" to "control"
    d. "control" to "hand"
968: The Master may have his/her license suspended or revoked for __________.

    a. carrying stowaways
    b. sailing shorthanded
    c. being negligent
    d. All of the above
969: A tank is loaded with 9,000 barrels of gasoline. The temperature of the product is 80°F (27°C), and it has a coefficient of expansion of .0008. The net amount of cargo loaded is __________.

    a. 8,856 barrels
    b. 8,944 barrels
    c. 9,072 barrels
    d. 9,144 barrels
970: What is the difference between net tonnage and gross tonnage?

    a. Net tonnage is the gross tonnage less certain deductions for machinery and other areas.
    b. Net tonnage is tonnage of cargo compared to tonnage of whole ship.
    c. Net tonnage is the net weight of the ship.
    d. There is no difference.
971: A journal kept by the officer of the watch in which day to day happenings are recorded regarding the deck department is the __________.

    a. cargo record book
    b. deck rough log
    c. bell book
    d. Official Logbook
972: The "rudder adjustment" control on an autopilot steering stand is used to __________.

    a. align the rudder angle indicator with the true rudder angle
    b. set the number of degrees of rudder per degree of course error
    c. set the departure from base course before actuating the rudder
    d. set the rate at which the rudder responds
973: The "weather adjustment" control on an autopilot steering stand is used to __________.

    a. allow leeway according to the weather conditions
    b. proportionally set the number of degrees of rudder response per degree of course error
    c. set the null band or dead zone signal before actuating the rudder
    d. set the speed at which the rudder responds
974: The "Port-Off-Stbd" selector switch on an autopilot steering stand is used to __________.

    a. change from hand electric steering to automatic gyro
    b. change over one steering system to the other
    c. change over hand electric steering to non-followup
    d. change over the port to the starboard bow thruster
975: The "Mode" selector switch on the autopilot steering stand is used to select any of the following with the EXCEPTION of __________.

    a. automatic pilot steering
    b. hand-electric steering
    c. non-followup steering
    d. rudder adjustment
976: When the period of beam seas equals the natural rolling period of a vessel, what will most likely occur?

    a. Excessive pitching
    b. Excessive yawing
    c. Excessive rolling
    d. No change should be evident
977: An ocean tow is sinking in deep water. Attempts to sever the towing hawser are unsuccessful. Which action should now be taken?

    a. Abandon the towing vessel.
    b. Radio for emergency assistance.
    c. Slip the towline and allow it to run off the drum.
    d. Secure all watertight openings on the towing vessel.
978: Anyone voluntarily surrendering their license to a U.S. Coast Guard investigating officer signs a statement indicating that __________.

    a. all title to the license is given up for 5 years
    b. their rights to a hearing are waived
    c. they may be issued a new license in 5 years after passing another written examination
    d. All of the above
978: Anyone voluntarily surrendering their license to a U.S. Coast Guard investigating officer signs a statement indicating that __________.

    a. all title to the license is given up for 5 years
    b. their rights to a hearing are waived
    c. they may be issued a new license in 5 years after passing another written examination
    d. All of the above
979: A cargo of oil has a coefficient of expansion of .0005 per degree F. If this cargo is loaded at 70°F, and a cargo temperature of 90°F is expected at the discharge port, how many barrels would you expect to unload if you loaded 10,000 barrels?

    a. 9,900
    b. 9,990
    c. 10,010
    d. 10,100
980: The perforated, elevated bottom of the chain locker, which prevents the chains from touching the main locker bottom and allows seepage water to flow to the drains, is called a __________.

    a. cradle
    b. draft
    c. harping
    d. manger
981: When a vessel is entering or leaving a port, a record of engine speeds is kept in the __________.

    a. bell book
    b. deck rough log
    c. Official Logbook
    d. engine rough log
982: The muster list must be posted in conspicuous locations and signed by the __________.

    a. safety officer
    b. Coast Guard Officer approving the bill
    c. owner
    d. Master
983: When a vessel is on autopilot steering, the "weather " control is adjusted to compensate for which severe weather effect on a vessel?

    a. Yaw
    b. Roll
    c. Pitch
    d. Leeway
984: To coil a right-laid rope, you should coil the line in __________.

    a. a clockwise direction
    b. a counterclockwise direction
    c. alternating clockwise and counterclockwise directions
    d. either a clockwise or counterclockwise directions
985: You have the "conn" at the time the helmsman who is steering by hand reports that the rudder is not responding to the wheel. Your FIRST action should be to __________.

    a. call the engineroom and report that you have lost steering
    b. signal the engineroom to stop the engines
    c. shift the selector switch to the other steering system
    d. call the Master
986: When running before a heavy sea, moving weights aft will affect the handling of a vessel by __________.

    a. reducing rolling
    b. increasing rolling
    c. reducing yawing
    d. increasing yawing
987: What does the helm command "shift the rudder" mean?

    a. Stop the swing of the ship.
    b. Shift the rudder control to the alternate steering method.
    c. Put the rudder amidships and hold the heading steady as she goes.
    d. Put the rudder over to the opposite side, the same number of degrees it is now.
989: You are loading 465,000 barrels of cargo oil. At 0900 you find that you have loaded 207,000 barrels. At 1030 you find that you have loaded 223,000 barrels. If you continue loading at the same rate, you will finish at approximately __________.

    a. 2100 that night
    b. 0730 the next day
    c. 0910 the next day
    d. 1215 the next day
990: Freeboard is measured from the upper edge of the __________.

    a. bulwark
    b. deck line
    c. gunwale bar
    d. sheer strake
991: When an azimuth of the Sun has been taken and the deviation of the standard magnetic compass computed, the watch officer should record the results __________.

    a. in the vessel's Official Logbook
    b. on the compass deviation card
    c. in the compass deviation log
    d. on a Napier diagram
992: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to determine the sagging numeral. (Get Table Data)

    a. 29.49 numeral
    b. 31.97 numeral
    c. 33.61 numeral
    d. 35.12 numeral
993: Your vessel is docking, but not yet alongside. Which line will be the most useful when maneuvering the vessel alongside the pier?

    a. Bow breast line
    b. Bow spring line
    c. Inshore head line
    d. Offshore head line
994: Manila lines in which the strands are right-hand laid __________.

    a. should be coiled in a clockwise direction
    b. should be coiled in a counterclockwise direction
    c. may be coiled either clockwise or counterclockwise
    d. should never be coiled
995: The maneuver which will return your vessel in the shortest time to a person who has fallen overboard is __________.

    a. a single turn with hard rudder
    b. engine(s) crash astern, no turn
    c. a Williamson Turn
    d. two 180° turns
996: With a following sea, a vessel will tend to __________.

    a. heave to
    b. pound
    c. reduce speed
    d. yaw
997: When steering by hand, which of the following may be a functional input to the steering gear as a result of turning the wheel?

    a. Non-followup
    b. Rudder adjustment
    c. Weather adjustment
    d. All the above may be activated
998: When steering on autopilot which of the following input conditions may NOT have an effect on the control of the steering gear?

    a. Non-followup
    b. Rudder adjustment
    c. Weather adjustment
    d. All the above may be activated
999: You are loading 530,000 barrels of cargo oil. At 0945 on 13 April, you find that you have loaded 202,000 barrels. At 1130, you find that you have loaded 223,000 barrels. If you continue at the same rate, you will finish at __________.

    a. 1322, 13 April
    b. 1920, 13 April
    c. 1120, 14 April
    d. 1305, 14 April
1000: The "Mode" selector switch can be positioned and select all of the following EXCEPT __________.

    a. weather adjustments
    b. hand-electric steering
    c. automatic gyro
    d. non-followup control
1001: Which is supplied to the vessel by the U.S. Coast Guard?

    a. Bell book
    b. Cargo gear register
    c. Official Logbook
    d. Rough Logbook
1002: While steering by autopilot you notice that the vessel has deviated 15 degrees from course and there is no corrective rudder being applied. As a standard operating procedure you may need to __________.

    a. check the setting of the rudder adjustment
    b. check the setting of the weather adjustment
    c. immediately engage the trick wheel
    d. switch to the other steering system
1003: You are on a containership. The cargo includes a container of small arms ammunition, a container of lead-acid storage batteries and a container of methyl acetylene bottles. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. The storage batteries must be stowed on deck away from the ammunition.
    b. The storage batteries must be at least ten horizontal feet away from the methyl acetylene.
    c. The ammunition must be separated from the methyl acetylene by at least one hold.
    d. No separation is required because freight containers are exempted.
1004: Uncoiling manila line improperly can result in a(n) __________.

    a. number of fishhooks
    b. kink in the line
    c. 50% loss of efficiency of the line
    d. increase in deterioration of the line
1005: Which device is designed to automatically hold the load if power should fail to an electric winch?

    a. Pneumatic brake
    b. Electromagnetic brake
    c. Hand brake
    d. Motor controller
1006: Which action reduces the yawing of a vessel in a following sea?

    a. Increasing GM
    b. Pumping out tanks aft
    c. Shifting weights to the bow
    d. Shifting weights to the stern
1007: When using the term "limber system" one is referring to a __________.

    a. cleaning system
    b. drainage system
    c. strengthening system
    d. weight reduction system
1008: When anyone voluntarily deposits his/her license or document with a Coast Guard investigating officer __________.

    a. he/she permanently gives up rights to the license or document
    b. it may be for reasons of mental or physical incompetence
    c. it must be for reason of addiction to narcotics
    d. All of the above
1009: You are loading 475,000 barrels of cargo oil. At 0800 on 8 July, you find that you have loaded 174,000 barrels. At 1000, you find that you have loaded 192,000 barrels. If you continue loading at the same rate, you will finish at approximately __________.

    a. 1752, 8 July
    b. 1940, 8 July
    c. 0143, 9 July
    d. 1727, 9 July
1010: When the longitudinal strength members of a vessel are continuous and closely spaced, the vessel is __________.

    a. transversely framed
    b. longitudinally framed
    c. intermittently framed
    d. web framed
1011: After your vessel has been involved in a casualty, you are required to make your logbooks, bell books, etc., available to __________.

    a. attorneys for opposition parties
    b. marine surveyors
    c. U.S. Coast Guard officials
    d. All of the above
1012: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "A" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

    a. after breast line
    b. after spring line
    c. offshore stern line
    d. inshore stern line
1014: In order to detect rot in manila lines, you should __________.

    a. feel the surface of the line for broken fibers
    b. measure the reduction in circumference of the line
    c. observe any mildew on the outer surface
    d. open the strands and examine the inner fibers
1015: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon colored pages in the Stability Data Reference to determine the sagging numeral. (Get Table Data)

    a. 71.07 numeral
    b. 74.95 numeral
    c. 77.56 numeral
    d. 78.29 numeral
1016: Your vessel is off a lee shore in heavy weather and laboring. Which action should you take?

    a. Put the sea and wind about two points on either bow and reduce speed.
    b. Heave to in the trough of the sea.
    c. Put the sea and wind on either quarter and proceed at increased speed.
    d. Put the bow directly into the sea and proceed at full speed.
1018: Which U.S. Government agency can suspend or revoke a Merchant Mariner's license for violating the load line act?

    a. American Bureau of Shipping
    b. U.S. Coast Guard
    c. U.S. Customs Service
    d. U.S. Maritime Administration
1019: A tank holds 400 tons of sea water when filled. How many tons of liquid of specific gravity 0.9300 will it hold when filled to 90% capacity?

    a. 326.6
    b. 343.2
    c. 377.6
    d. 390.2
1020: The Plimsoll mark on a vessel is used to __________.

    a. align the vessel's tail shaft
    b. determine the vessel's trim
    c. determine the vessel's freeboard
    d. locate the vessel's centerline
1021: A vessel's Classification Certificate is issued by the __________.

    a. American Bureau of Shipping
    b. National Cargo Bureau
    c. United States Coast Guard
    d. United States Customs
1024: A natural fiber rope can be ruined by dampness because it may __________.

    a. rot
    b. shrink
    c. stretch
    d. unlay
1026: When making way in heavy seas you notice that your vessel's screw is being lifted clear of the water and racing. One way to correct this would be to __________.

    a. increase speed
    b. decrease speed
    c. move more weight forward
    d. shift the rudder back and forth several times
1029: When cleaning a tank by the Butterworth process, you should begin to pump out the slops __________.

    a. at the end of the drop schedule
    b. when the process is started
    c. when the process is finished
    d. when the tank is clean
1030: If an attempt is made to hoist a load that exceeds the capacity of an electric winch, an overload safety device causes a circuit breaker to cut off the current to the winch motor __________.

    a. when the line pull reaches the rated winch capacity
    b. after the line pull exceeds the rated winch capacity
    c. after a short build-up of torque
    d. immediately
1031: Which certificate is NOT issued by the Coast Guard?

    a. Award of official number
    b. Certificate of Inspection
    c. Classification of Hull and Machinery
    d. Safety Equipment Certificate
1033: Each crewmember has an assigned firefighting station. This assignment is shown on the __________.

    a. fire fighting plan
    b. shipping articles
    c. Certificate of Inspection
    d. muster list
1034: You are the licensed operator of a 100 GT towing vessel sailing coastwise. What percentage of the deck crew must be able to understand the language commonly used onboard the vessel?

    a. 100%
    b. 75%
    c. 65%
    d. 50%
1036: What is meant by the term "broaching to"?

    a. Having the vessel head toward the sea
    b. Running before a sea
    c. Being turned broadside to the sea
    d. Having the vessel filled with water
1037: After an IOPP Certificate is issued to an inspected vessel, how many other surveys of the vessel's pollution prevention equipment are conducted during the period of validity of the certificate?

    a. None
    b. One
    c. Two
    d. Three
1039: When cleaning cargo tanks with portable machines, how is the machine grounded?

    a. Bonding wires are secured from the machine to a convenient location on deck.
    b. The machines must maintain physical contact with the deck at the Butterworth opening.
    c. The water supply hoses contain internal wires that act as conductors
    d. The water jets impinging on the vessel's structure form a pathway to ground.
1040: A well in the uppermost deck of a shelter deck vessel which has only a temporary means of closing for the purpose of gaining an exemption from tonnage measurement is called a(n) __________.

    a. exemption space
    b. tonnage deck
    c. cofferdam
    d. tonnage opening
1041: The document on a vessel, annually endorsed by an American Bureau of Shipping surveyor, is called the __________.

    a. Certificate of Inspection
    b. Classification Certificate
    c. Load Line Certificate
    d. Seaworthy Certificate
1042: Your vessel has the symbol shown inscribed on the sides amidships. Which statement is TRUE? (D022DG )

    a. This line represents the load line mark for a Great Lakes voyage.
    b. The gross and net tonnage of the ship will change if this mark is submerged and the load line is visible.
    c. The line directly under the triangle is at the same level as the summer load line.
    d. This is the equivalent of a load line marking for government (CofE, NOAA, MSC) vessels.
1044: Using a safety factor of 6, determine the safe working load of a line with a breaking strain of 30,000 pounds.

    a. 4,000 lbs.
    b. 5,000 lbs.
    c. 20,000 lbs.
    d. 100,000 lbs.
1045: If a hydraulic pump on a winch accidentally stops while hoisting, the load will stay suspended because __________.

    a. a check valve will close and prevent reverse circulation
    b. a centrifugal counterweight counteracts the force of gravity.
    c. the electric pump motor will cut out
    d. the control lever will move to the stop position
1046: In a following sea, a wave has overtaken your vessel and thrown the stern to starboard. To continue along your original course, you should __________.

    a. use more right rudder
    b. use more left rudder
    c. increase speed
    d. decrease speed
1048: You are the person in charge of a vessel involved in a marine casualty. You must notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Inspection Office if the property damage is over __________.

    a. $1,500
    b. $10,000
    c. $25,000
    d. $50,000
1049: You have water washed your cargo tanks using the fixed machines. What should you do before using portable machines to clean areas screened from the wash of the fixed machine by structural members?

    a. Ventilate the tank to eliminate any electrostatically charged mist.
    b. Attach the water supply hose to the portable machine after the cleaning head is positioned inside the tank.
    c. Insure that the tanks are not stripped until the final wash is started.
    d. Ground the fixed machines to eliminate any electrostatic buildup on the cleaning head.
1050: The "margin plate" is the __________.

    a. outboard strake of plating on each side of an inner bottom
    b. outer strake of plating on each side of the main deck of a vessel
    c. plate which sits atop the center vertical keel
    d. uppermost continuous strake of plating on the shell of a vessel
1051: A vessel arrives in San Francisco from a foreign voyage. When MUST the Master make formal entry at the custom house?

    a. Within 24 hours after arrival, Sundays and holidays excepted
    b. Within 48 hours after arrival, Sundays and holidays excepted
    c. Within 48 hours and before all foreign cargo is discharged for that port
    d. Within 24 hours after arrival
1052: A term used to describe the dip in a towline that acts as a shock absorber is __________.

    a. catenary
    b. step
    c. shock dip
    d. bight
1054: Which mooring line has the least elasticity?

    a. Dacron
    b. Nylon
    c. Esterlene
    d. Polypropylene
1056: In which situation could a vessel most easily capsize?

    a. Running into head seas
    b. Running in the trough
    c. Running with following seas
    d. Anchored with your bow into the seas
1057: The Certificate of Inspection of a damaged tank barge has expired. What certificate authorizes the barge to move to a repair facility for repair and inspection?

    a. Application for Inspection
    b. Change of Employment
    c. Permit to Proceed
    d. Temporary Certificate of Inspection
1058: The damage to a vessel is over $25,000. Who must notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Marine Inspection Office as soon as possible?

    a. The owner of the vessel
    b. The Master of the vessel
    c. The person in charge of the vessel at the time of casualty
    d. Any one of the above
1059: You are cleaning the tanks after carrying a cargo of crude oil. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. Washing water should be recirculated if possible because it has the same electric potential as the cargo tank being cleaned.
    b. The hoses to portable cleaning machines should be disconnected before the machines are removed from the tank.
    c. The principal hazard with steaming cargo tanks is raising the ambient temperature above the flame point of the cargo residue.
    d. Steam cleaning and water washing are both capable of generating electrostatic charges within a tank.
1060: You receive a package, for shipment aboard your vessel, containing Class 1 explosives. The package is damp, moldy and stained. You must __________.

    a. refuse to accept the package
    b. note the exception(s) on the Bill of Lading
    c. replace the packaging material before stowage
    d. seek the approval of the USCG Captain of the Port
1061: A vessel arrives at the port of San Francisco from Yokohama, Japan. The passengers fill out the Baggage Declaration and Entry form. A passenger has baggage arriving on another vessel. How must this baggage be handled for U.S. Customs purposes?

    a. It need not be declared at this time.
    b. It must be declared on the same form and marked "Unaccompanied Baggage".
    c. It must be declared on another form entitled "Continuation Sheet".
    d. It must be declared only if the other vessel's name is known.
1062: An IOPP Certificate on an inspected vessel is valid for what period of time?

    a. 6 months
    b. 12 months
    c. 18 months
    d. 5 years
1063: You have been pulled aloft in a bosun's chair rigged to a mast that you intend to paint. You are now supporting your weight by seizing the hauling part and the standing part of the gantline in one hand. Your next procedure in securing the bosun's chair is to __________.

    a. secure the tail of the standing part leading from the becket bend to the mast
    b. dip the bight of the hauling part around your back and up in front of you to form the hitch
    c. take a strain on the hauling part by having it led to the gypsy head on a winch
    d. secure the standing part of the gantline to the hauling part by taking turns of marlin and tying off
1064: Which factor is most likely to impair the strength and durability of synthetic line?

    a. Dry rot
    b. Mildew
    c. Sunlight
    d. Washing with mild soap
1066: If your propeller is racing in rough weather, you should __________.

    a. decrease your engine speed
    b. ignore it
    c. increase your engine speed
    d. stop your engine until the rough weather passes
1067: The normal and safest way for a sailor to be lowered in a bosun's chair when descending vertically is __________.

    a. for that sailor to feed the hauling part through a bosun's chair hitch
    b. to lead the hauling part to a cleat on the mast and slacking the sailor down
    c. by taking several turns of the gantline on a winch drum and then lower the sailor by backing off on the winch
    d. by leading the bight of the hauling part to a rail and taking several turns, then slacking away with the bight
1068: You shall notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Inspection Office as soon as possible when your vessel has been damaged in excess of __________.

    a. $1,000
    b. $1,500
    c. $10,000
    d. $25,000
1069: Which step is NOT generally taken when gas-freeing a tank?

    a. Washing the tank interior with sea water
    b. Application of degreasing solvents
    c. Removal of corrosion products and sludge
    d. Fresh air ventilation
1071: In some cases, the 50% duty on all foreign repairs made to American flag merchant vessels may be remitted. Which work does NOT come under the remitting policy of U.S. Customs?

    a. Chipping, painting, and scaling by foreign labor
    b. Repairs to hull structural damage
    c. Repairs due to damage done by heavy weather
    d. Repairs to the main propulsion machinery
1072: The normal and safest way for a sailor in a bosun's chair to be raised aloft is __________.

    a. for the sailor to pull himself aloft and then make fast with a bosun's chair hitch
    b. manually by two or three sailors heaving away on deck
    c. by taking the gantline to a winch drum and heaving away with the winch
    d. by fairleading the gantline with a snatch block and pulling with a cargo runner
1073: You are preparing to slush a stay on your vessel by lowering yourself down the stay in a bosun's chair. The proper way to do this is to ride down the stay on a riding shackle __________.

    a. with the pin of the shackle riding on the stay
    b. with the pin of the shackle through the chair's bridle eye
    c. with a hook attaching the chair to the riding shackle
    d. connected to a second shackle on the chair
1074: A new coil of nylon line should be opened by __________.

    a. pulling the end up through the eye of the coil
    b. taking a strain on both ends
    c. uncoiling from the outside with the coil standing on end
    d. unreeling from a spool
1075: You are standing wheelwatch on entering port, and the Master gives you a rudder command that conflicts with a rudder command from the Pilot. What should you do?

    a. Obey the Pilot
    b. Obey the Master
    c. Ask the Pilot for guidance
    d. Bring the rudder to midships
1076: You are underway in heavy weather and your bow is into the seas. To prevent pounding, you should __________.

    a. change course, in order to take the seas at an 85 degree angle from the bow
    b. decrease speed
    c. increase speed
    d. secure all loose gear
1077: A seaman dies during a voyage. What is NOT required to be entered into the Official Log?

    a. Statement that the Master has taken custody of the deceased's MMD and passport
    b. An inventory of the money and property
    c. Statement of the wages due
    d. Statement as to the total deductions to be made from the wages
1078: By law, the maximum penalty for failing (without reasonable cause) to give aid in the case of collision is __________.

    a. one year imprisonment or $500
    b. two years imprisonment or $1000
    c. two years imprisonment or $1500
    d. two years imprisonment or $2000
1079: The system of valves and cargo lines in the bottom piping network of a tanker that connects one section of cargo tanks to another section is called a __________.

    a. come-along
    b. crossover
    c. manifold
    d. runaround
1080: The "inner bottom" is the __________.

    a. tank top
    b. compartment between the tank top and shell of the vessel
    c. inner side of the vessel's shell
    d. space between two transverse bottom frames
1081: You are Master of a U.S. flag vessel which was dry docked for bottom cleaning in Rotterdam, Netherlands. Upon return to a U.S. port, you must __________.

    a. file a customs' form for duty on this repair
    b. file no extra reports
    c. file a report of the dry docking with the U.S.C.G. Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection
    d. obtain a U.S. Coast Guard diver to certify the work
1082: A lashing used to secure two barges side by side, lashed in an "X" fashion, is called a __________.

    a. backing wire
    b. scissor wire
    c. face wire
    d. breast wire
1083: Which of the knots, bends, or hitches shown in the illustration would you use to properly secure a bosun's chair to a gantline? (D030DG )

    a. G
    b. I
    c. Q
    d. R
1085: Which of the following statements concerning the rigging of bosuns' chairs and their use is TRUE?

    a. Always secure the gantline to the chair with a bowline.
    b. Always have the chair hoisted with at least three turns on a winch drum.
    c. Any tools, paint pots etc. should be secured by lanyards.
    d. When riding a stay, make sure that the bow of the shackle passes through the becket of the bridle.
1086: When taking a Pilot from a pilot vessel in a seaway, which way should you head your vessel if the ladder is on the leeward side?

    a. Bow to the sea and no way on your vessel
    b. Sea on the lee quarter with ship moving ahead slowly
    c. Sea on the weather bow and ship moving ahead slowly
    d. Sea on the quarter with sternway on the ship
1086: When taking a Pilot from a pilot vessel in a seaway, which way should you head your vessel if the ladder is on the leeward side?

    a. Bow to the sea and no way on your vessel
    b. Sea on the lee quarter with ship moving ahead slowly
    c. Sea on the weather bow and ship moving ahead slowly
    d. Sea on the quarter with sternway on the ship
1087: The turning circle of a vessel is the path followed by the __________.

    a. center of gravity
    b. outermost part of the ship while making the circle
    c. bow
    d. tipping center
1088: As Master or person in charge, you must notify the U.S. Coast Guard if an injury leaves a crewman unfit to perform routine duties for more than __________.

    a. 24 hours
    b. 48 hours
    c. 72 hours
    d. Any amount of time
1089: The system of valves and cargo lines in the bottom piping network of a tank vessel that connects one section of cargo tanks to another section is called a __________.

    a. crossover
    b. runaround
    c. come-along
    d. manifold
1090: A chock __________.

    a. is a deck fitting used to shackle gear to the deck
    b. permits easy jettisoning of deck cargo in an emergency
    c. prevents stress concentration in the bulwark
    d. provides openings through the bulwark for mooring lines
1091: Which of the following statements concerning the rigging and use of bosun's chairs is TRUE?

    a. When riding a stay, make sure that the bow of the shackle passes through the becket of the bridle.
    b. Always have the chair hoisted manually.
    c. The lowering hitch should always be made before getting into the chair.
    d. Always secure the gantline to the chair with a clove hitch.
1092: When a helmsman receives the command "Right 15 degrees rudder," the helmsman's immediate reply should be __________.

    a. "Rudder is right 15 degrees"
    b. "Aye Aye Sir"
    c. "Right 15 degrees rudder"
    d. No reply is necessary, just carry out the order.
1093: When rigging a bosun's chair, a tail block or lizard is used to __________.

    a. guide the bosun's chair down a stay when applying a protective coating
    b. run paint or tools up to a sailor in a chair with a heaving line
    c. keep a bosun's chair from swinging with the ship's motion
    d. reeve the gantline through
1094: Which statement is TRUE with respect to the elasticity of nylon mooring lines?

    a. Nylon can stretch over forty percent without being in danger of parting.
    b. Nylon can be elongated by one-hundred percent before it will part.
    c. Nylon will part if it is stretched any more than twenty percent.
    d. Under load, nylon will stretch and thin out but will return to normal size when free of tension.
1097: Which of the knots, bends, or hitches shown in the illustration would you use to properly secure a bosun's chair to a gantline? (D030DG )

    a. I
    b. P
    c. R
    d. X
1098: During the course of a voyage, a seaman falls on the main deck and injures his ankle. The Master should submit a Report of Marine Accident, Injury or Death if the __________.

    a. injured is unfit for duty
    b. injured is able to return to work
    c. injury results in loss of life only
    d. injury is the result of misconduct
1099: To allow for the rise or fall in tide and for change in draft of a tankship during cargo transfer, cargo hoses must be suspended with __________.

    a. slings or saddles placed at 25-foot (8 meter) intervals
    b. enough slack in their bight
    c. topping lifts and runners tied off to winches
    d. All of the above
1100: What is the purpose of the freeing ports on a vessel with solid bulwarks?

    a. Allow water which may be shipped on deck to flow off rapidly
    b. Permit easy jettisoning of deck cargo in an emergency
    c. Prevent the formation of any unusual stress concentration points
    d. Lighten the above deck weight caused by a solid bulwark
1101: A vessel puts into the port of Kobe, Japan, to discharge cargo. The vessel contracts a local shipyard to have the hull chipped and scaled. If the vessel provides the primer and paint, which statement is TRUE?

    a. You need NOT declare the cost of labor, since no duty is involved.
    b. You need NOT declare the cost of labor, since this is considered ship's personnel work.
    c. You MUST declare the cost of labor and pay duty.
    d. You MUST declare the cost of labor, but no duty is charged since labor is involved.
1102: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "B" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

    a. after breast line
    b. after spring line
    c. inshore stern line
    d. offshore stern line
1103: What should you inspect to be sure that it is safe to go aloft in a bosun's chair?

    a. The gantline
    b. The tail block
    c. The chair and bridle
    d. All of the above
1104: Nylon line can be dangerous because it __________.

    a. breaks down when wet
    b. kinks when wet
    c. is not elastic
    d. stretches
1105: You are rigging a stage over the ship's side to serve as a working platform. For stability of the stage, the downhaul to one end of the stage and the downhaul to the other end, which are used for lowering the stage, should be led __________.

    a. both to the inboard side of the stage
    b. both to the outboard side of the stage
    c. one to the inboard and the other to the outboard
    d. either both to the inboard or both to the outboard side of the stage
1106: A vessel is underway with a work stage rigged over the side. A seaman may work on the stage, but only when __________.

    a. wearing a life jacket
    b. wearing a safety harness secured to the stage
    c. wearing both a life jacket and a safety harness secured to the stage
    d. the vessel is not making way
1107: You are rigging a stage over the vessel's side and are securing the downhaul with lowering turns at your end of the stage. When finished, the remainder of the line should be __________.

    a. lowered down into the water
    b. coiled on the stage with the bitter end on the bottom
    c. coiled on the stage with the bitter end on top
    d. coiled on deck to be slacked down by a seaman as needed
1108: In which casualty case is it UNNECESSARY to notify the local Coast Guard Marine Safety Office?

    a. A seaman is injured and in the hospital for four days.
    b. Nylon mooring line parts while the vessel is tied up and kills a harbor worker who was on the pier.
    c. Your vessel is backing from a dock and runs aground, but is pulled off by tugs in 30 minutes.
    d. Your vessel strikes a pier and does $1,500 damage to the pier but none to the vessel.
1109: Pinching of the cargo hose between the vessel and the dock should be prevented by __________.

    a. adjusting the hose supports
    b. laying out an excess length of hose on deck
    c. tying off the topping lifts and runners to winch heads
    d. All of the above
1110: One function of a bulwark is to __________.

    a. help keep the deck dry
    b. prevent stress concentrations on the stringer plate
    c. protect against twisting forces exerted on the frame of the vessel
    d. reinforce the side stringers
1111: A vessel sailing from Liverpool to New York puts into Boston, Mass. for emergency repairs. If no inward foreign cargo is to be discharged at that port, which of the following documents is required?

    a. Custom Manifest
    b. Inward Foreign Manifest
    c. Pro Forma Manifest
    d. Traveling Manifest
1112: What is an advantage of the 6X37 class of wire rope over the 6X19 class of wire rope of the same diameter?

    a. Greater flexibility
    b. More resistance to corrosion
    c. More resistance to elongation
    d. Lower weight per foot
1114: What type of stopper would you use on a nylon mooring line?

    a. Chain
    b. Nylon
    c. Manila
    d. Wire
1115: The proper way to correct a mistake in the logbook is to __________.

    a. draw several lines through the entry, rewrite, and initial the correction
    b. draw a line through the entry, rewrite, and initial the correction
    c. completely black out the entry, rewrite, and initial the correction
    d. erase the entry and rewrite
1116: On a single-screw vessel, when coming port side to a pier and being set off the pier, you should __________.

    a. swing wide and approach the pier so as to land starboard side to
    b. approach the pier on a parallel course at reduced speed
    c. make your approach at a greater angle than in calm weather
    d. point the vessel's head well up into the slip and decrease your speed
1117: The knot used to form the bridle at the standing part of a gantline rigged to a stage is a __________.

    a. sheet bend
    b. carrick bend
    c. fisherman's bend
    d. bowline
1118: Which situation requires you to furnish a notice of marine casualty to the Coast Guard?

    a. You collide with a buoy and drag it off station with no apparent damage to the vessel or the buoy.
    b. A seaman slips on ice on deck and sprains his ankle, requiring an ace bandage.
    c. Your vessel is at anchor and grounds at low tide with no apparent damage.
    d. Storm damage to the cargo winch motors requiring repairs costing $19,000.
1119: A single fitting installed in a pipeline that either blanks off the pipe or allows a full flow passage of a liquid through the pipe is referred to as a __________.

    a. blind flange
    b. pivot coupling
    c. quick-release coupling
    d. spectacle flange
1120: A stage should only be rigged __________.

    a. over the bow or stern of a vessel
    b. over the flat sides of a vessel
    c. over the open water
    d. over the dockside
1121: What should be readily available on deck while seamen are working over the side on a stage?

    a. Rng buoy
    b. Fire extinguisher
    c. First aid kit
    d. Stokes basket
1122: Freeing ports on a vessel with solid bulwarks __________.

    a. prevent stress concentration in the bulwark
    b. permit easy jettison of deck cargo in an emergency
    c. provide openings through the bulwarks for mooring lines
    d. allow water shipped on deck to flow off rapidly
1123: On a transpacific voyage, you receive a message from your vessel's operators saying that your vessel has been consigned to Naval Control of Shipping. Further information is contained in __________.

    a. the Light List
    b. the Coast Pilot
    c. the International Code of Signals (PUB 102)
    d. Radio Aids to Navigation (PUB 117)
1124: Which material makes the strongest mooring line?

    a. Sisal
    b. Manila
    c. Nylon
    d. Polyethylene
1125: The pivoting point of a vessel going ahead is __________.

    a. about one-third of the vessel's length from the bow
    b. about two-thirds of the vessel's length from the bow
    c. at the hawsepipe
    d. near the stern
1126: You are approaching a pier and intend to use the port anchor to assist in docking port side to. You would NOT use the anchor if __________.

    a. the current was setting you on the pier
    b. another vessel is berthed ahead of your position
    c. the wind was blowing from the starboard side
    d. there is shallow water enroute to the berth
1127: All entries in the Official Logbook must be signed by the Master and __________.

    a. the Chief Engineer
    b. the person about whom the entry concerns
    c. one other crew member
    d. No other signature is required.
1128: The most accurate account of cargo on board will be found in the __________.

    a. Manifest
    b. charter party
    c. Bill of Lading
    d. Portage Bill
1129: The main function of a stripping system is to __________.

    a. maintain the temperature of the cargo throughout the vessel
    b. dispose of dangerous vapors within the cargo tanks
    c. increase the loading rate of the shoreside pumps
    d. discharge liquid left in the cargo tanks after the main pumps have discharged the bulk
1130: The fittings used to secure a watertight door are known as __________.

    a. clamps
    b. clasps
    c. dogs
    d. latches
1131: U.S. Customs, upon boarding a vessel desiring entry into a U.S. port, would inspect which document?

    a. Cargo Manifest
    b. Certified Crew List
    c. Stores List
    d. All of the above
1132: A lookout can leave his station __________.

    a. at the end of the watch
    b. at any time
    c. ONLY when properly relieved
    d. 15 minutes before the end of the watch
1133: To properly rig the downhaul to your stage for lowering, you must __________.

    a. take only figure eights around the horns
    b. take 2 or 3 round turns around the stage and then belay the downhaul around the horns
    c. take 2 round turns around the stage and then dip the third turn to form a clove hitch
    d. pass the downhaul through the bridle formed by the standing part and then take round turns
1134: The critical point in nylon line elongation is about __________.

    a. 20%
    b. 30%
    c. 40%
    d. 50%
1135: What equipment is customarily used when seamen are working on a stage rigged over the side of a vessel?

    a. Jacob's ladder
    b. Manropes
    c. Heaving lines
    d. All of the above
1135: What equipment is customarily used when seamen are working on a stage rigged over the side of a vessel?

    a. Jacob's ladder
    b. Manropes
    c. Heaving lines
    d. All of the above
1136: Your vessel is to dock bow first at a pier without the assistance of tugboats. Which line will be the most useful when maneuvering the vessel alongside the pier?

    a. Bow breast line
    b. Bow spring line
    c. Inshore head line
    d. Stern breast line
1137: When lowering manropes alongside a stage rigged over the side of a vessel, they should be allowed to trail in the water __________.

    a. to easily remove the kinks that form in the lines
    b. to allow the seamen on the stage to know the direction and strength of the current
    c. to provide the seaman something to hold onto if he or she falls from the stage into the water
    d. only for short periods of time since they will become waterlogged and be very heavy to pull up
1138: A vessel arrives in the port of Los Angeles from a foreign port and discharges some of its inward foreign cargo. What additional manifest is required?

    a. Discharge Manifest
    b. Inward Foreign Manifest
    c. Pro Forma Manifest
    d. Traveling Manifest
1139: The pivoting point of a vessel going ahead is __________.

    a. near the stern
    b. at the hawsepipe
    c. about one-third of the vessel's length from the bow
    d. about two-thirds of the vessel's length from the bow
1140: In a transversely framed ship, the transverse frames are supported by all of the following EXCEPT __________.

    a. girders
    b. longitudinals
    c. side stringers
    d. web plates
1141: A vessel has arrived in a U.S. port from a foreign voyage. Preliminary entry has been made. Formal entry at the U.S. Custom House must be made within how many hours after arrival (Sundays and holidays excepted)?

    a. 12
    b. 24
    c. 48
    d. 72 without exception
1142: The hitch used to secure the standing part of a gantline to the horns of a stage is a __________.

    a. marlinespike hitch
    b. clove hitch
    c. blackwall hitch
    d. Killick hitch
1143: When rigging a stage, the standing part should be fastened to the horns of a stage with which of the following hitches?

    a. Clove hitch
    b. Timber hitch
    c. Marlinespike hitch
    d. Double blackwall hitch
1144: Which rope has the greatest breaking strength?

    a. Manila
    b. Nylon
    c. Polyethylene
    d. Polypropylene
1145: You are on watch at night in clear visibility and the vessel has just been anchored. The first thing that you should do after the anchor has been let go is to __________.

    a. stop the engines
    b. take bearings to obtain ship's position
    c. turn off the running lights and turn on the anchor lights
    d. lower the accommodation ladder and illuminate it
1146: While your vessel is docked port side to a wharf, a sudden gale force wind causes the vessel's bow lines to part. The bow begins to fall away from the dock, and no tugs are immediately available. Which measure(s) should you take FIRST?

    a. Call the Master and the deck gang.
    b. Slip the stern lines, let the vessel drift into the river, and then anchor.
    c. Let go the starboard anchor.
    d. Obtain assistance and attempt to put some new bow lines out.
1147: You are on watch and the pilot has just anchored the vessel. The next thing that you should do after the anchor has been let go is to __________.

    a. stop the engines
    b. escort the pilot to the accommodation ladder
    c. plot the vessel's position on the chart
    d. make a round of the weather decks
1148: The document which acknowledges that the cargo has been received and is in the carrier's custody is called the __________.

    a. Dock Receipt
    b. Hatch Report and Recapitulation
    c. Cargo Manifest
    d. Stowage Plan
1148: The document which acknowledges that the cargo has been received and is in the carrier's custody is called the __________.

    a. Dock Receipt
    b. Hatch Report and Recapitulation
    c. Cargo Manifest
    d. Stowage Plan
1149: You are on anchor watch. As an aid to preventing thievery on the vessel you should __________.

    a. show running lights, anchor lights and deck lights
    b. only show the required anchor lights and keep the rest of the vessel darkened
    c. maintain water on deck with firehoses led out and all-purpose nozzles attached
    d. show anchor lights, deck lights and cargo lights hung over the vessel's side
1150: In ship construction, frame spacing is __________.

    a. greater at the bow and stern
    b. reduced at the bow and stern
    c. uniform over the length of the vessel
    d. uniform over the length of the vessel, with the exception of the machinery spaces, where it is reduced due to increased stresses
1151: The term used in levying customs duties when such are fixed at rates proportioned to estimated value of goods concerned is __________.

    a. ad valorem
    b. infinite
    c. secure
    d. specific
1153: What affect does shallow water have on a vessel's stopping distance?

    a. The stopping distance is shorter.
    b. The stopping distance is longer.
    c. There is no difference in the stopping distance.
    d. The propeller is more effective when going astern in shallow water.
1154: Which line would be least likely to kink?

    a. Braided
    b. Left-handed laid
    c. Right-handed laid
    d. Straight laid
1155: In the context of shiphandling, what would be the definition of shallow water?

    a. Water depth of less than twice a vessel's draft
    b. Water depth of less than 1½ times a vessel's draft
    c. Under keel clearance of twice a vessel's draft
    d. Under keel clearance of less than 10 feet
1156: The best time to work a boat into a slip is __________.

    a. when the wind is against you
    b. with the current setting against you
    c. at slack water
    d. with a cross current
1157: What is a correct reply to a pilot's request, "How's your head"?

    a. "Steady"
    b. "Passing 150°"
    c. "Checked"
    d. "Eased to 5° rudder"
1158: A vessel loads 100 tons of glass jars. The mate on watch discovers that some of the cartons have been damaged and has an exception made on the Bill of Lading. What is this document called?

    a. Damage Bill of Lading
    b. Letter of Indemnity
    c. Non-negotiable Bill of Lading
    d. Unclean Bill of Lading
1159: Which product is most likely to accumulate static electricity?

    a. Crude oil
    b. Hard asphalt
    c. Lubricating oil
    d. Residual fuel oil
1160: In a longitudinally-framed ship, the longitudinal frames are held in place and supported by athwartship members called __________.

    a. floors
    b. margin plates
    c. stringers
    d. web frames
1161: The document that the Master uses to attest to the truth of the manifest of cargo is called __________.

    a. Master's Protest
    b. Oath of Entry
    c. Owner's Oath
    d. Shipper's Certification
1162: How does a vessel's rate of turn change when entering shallow water?

    a. It is faster.
    b. It is slower.
    c. There is no change.
    d. It remains constant for varying propeller revolutions.
1163: When piloting a vessel, how are visual references used to establish a constant rate of turn?

    a. Fixed objects that stay on the same relative bearing when the ship is turning indicate a constant rate of turn.
    b. Visual references cannot be used to maintain a constant rate of turn.
    c. Begin the turn when the fixed object is on the beam.
    d. Keep the fixed object's relative relative bearing opening, for a constant rate of turn.
1164: Which type of line floats?

    a. Dacron
    b. Nylon
    c. Old manila
    d. Polypropylene
1165: The Muster List ("Station Bill") shows each person's lifeboat station, duties during abandonment, basic instructions, and __________.

    a. all emergency signals
    b. instructions for lowering the lifeboats
    c. the time each weekly drill will be held
    d. work schedule
1166: You are 15 feet off a pier and docking a vessel using only a bow and stern breast line. Once the slack is out of both lines you begin to haul in on the bow breast line. What is the effect on the vessel?

    a. The bow will come in and the stern will go out.
    b. The whole ship moves toward the pier.
    c. The bow will come in and the stern will remain the same distance off the pier.
    d. The stern will come in and the bow will remain the same distance off the pier.
1167: A vessel will "squat" when it proceeds underway __________.

    a. only in deep water
    b. only in shallow water
    c. in all depths of water
    d. only in narrow channels
1168: A vessel has completed loading cargo in the port of San Francisco. What document is signed by the Master stating the terms that goods were delivered and received by the ship?

    a. Bill of Goods
    b. Bill of Lading
    c. Cargo Manifest
    d. Cargo Receipt
1169: Static electricity may be built up by the __________.

    a. spraying or splashing of petroleum
    b. settling of solids or water in petroleum
    c. flow of petroleum through pipes
    d. All of the above
1170: Transverse frames are more widely spaced on a ship that is designed with the __________.

    a. centerline system of framing
    b. isometric system of framing
    c. longitudinal system of framing
    d. transverse system of framing
1171: If you intend to land tulip bulbs from Holland in a U.S. port, they must be inspected by the __________.

    a. Animal and Plant Health Service Inspector
    b. Captain of the Port personnel
    c. Quarantine Officer
    d. All of the above
1172: You are making a sharp turn in a channel and using a buoy four points on the bow to gauge your rate of turn. If you observe the buoy moving aft relative to you, what should you do?

    a. Increase the rate of turn
    b. Decrease the rate of turn
    c. Maintain a constant rate of turn
    d. Decrease speed
1173: You are making a sharp turn in a channel and using a buoy four points on the bow to gauge your rate of turn. If you observe the buoy moving forward relative to you, what should you do?

    a. Increase the rate of turn
    b. Decrease the rate of turn
    c. Maintain a constant rate of turn
    d. Increase speed
1174: Compared to manila line, size for size, nylon line __________.

    a. has less strength than manila line
    b. has more strength than manila line
    c. is equivalent to manila line
    d. will rot quicker than manila line
1175: You have arrived at your anchorage location. You have put the engines astern prior to letting go the anchor. How will you know when the vessel has stopped making way?

    a. The ship's Doppler log reads zero
    b. The backwash of the propeller reaches amidships
    c. An azimuth bearing on the beam remains steady
    d. All of the above
1176: You have arrived at your anchorage location. You have put the engines astern prior to letting go the anchor. How will you know when the vessel has stopped over the ground?

    a. The ship's log reads zero
    b. The backwash of the propeller reaches amidships
    c. An azimuth bearing on the beam remains steady
    d. All of the above
1177: A "Mediterranean moor" should be used when __________.

    a. when anchoring in the Mediterranean
    b. when docking stern to a berth
    c. when docking bow to a berth
    d. when anchoring in a strong current
1178: A shipper of cargo aboard your vessel offers a letter of indemnity for the cargo. This is done in order to obtain a(n) __________.

    a. Clean Bill of Lading
    b. Order Bill of Lading
    c. Straight Bill of Lading
    d. Through Bill of Lading
1179: The most likely time for oil pollution while bunkering is when __________.

    a. final topping off is occurring
    b. first starting to receive fuel
    c. hoses are being blown down
    d. hoses are disconnected and being capped
1180: The regulations require that inspected vessels on an international voyage, other than small passenger vessels, must carry which of the following distress signals on or near the navigating bridge?

    a. 12 hand red flares
    b. 12 rocket parachute flares
    c. 12 hand combination flares and orange smoke signals
    d. 6 hand red flares, and 6 hand orange smoke signals
1181: Uncleared crew curios remaining on board during a domestic coastwise voyage after returning from foreign should be __________.

    a. listed in the Official Logbook
    b. cleared prior to the next foreign voyage
    c. noted in the Traveling Curio Manifest
    d. retained under locked security by the owner
1182: Your vessel must moor port side to a berth limited by vessels ahead and astern using a single tug. You are stemming a slight current and there is a light breeze of the dock. Your tug should be made up to the vessel's __________.

    a. stern on a hawser
    b. quarter
    c. waist
    d. bow
1183: Which towing equipment can be used to prevent the tripping of a tug?

    a. Bridles
    b. Chafing boards
    c. Gob ropes
    d. Drogues
1184: A new coil of nylon line should be opened by __________.

    a. pulling the end up through the eye of the coil
    b. uncoiling from the outside with the coil standing on end
    c. taking a strain on both ends
    d. unreeling from a spool
1185: As shown, the mooring line labeled "C" is called a __________. (DO44DG )

    a. stern line
    b. spring line
    c. breast line
    d. shore line
1186: Which term describes a rope in which three right-handed strands are laid up left-handed?

    a. Soft-laid
    b. Hard-laid
    c. Shroud laid
    d. Hawser-laid
1187: You are taking the bow line from the port bow of a large vessel that is underway when the stern of your tug comes in contact with the vessel. The forward motion of both vessels causes your tug to be turned toward the other vessel and contact the stem thereby being "stemmed". You should immediately __________.

    a. stop engines and the vessel's wake will push you clear of the bow
    b. go full astern with rudder amidships
    c. go full ahead with the rudder hard over to starboard
    d. go full ahead with the rudder amidships
1188: An implied warranty of seaworthiness on the part of the vessel's owner lies in the __________.

    a. Cargo Manifest
    b. Certificate of Inspection
    c. Classification Certificate
    d. contract of carriage, i.e. Bill of Lading
1189: When bunkering is complete, the hoses should be __________.

    a. cleaned internally with a degreaser
    b. washed out with hot soapy water
    c. drained, blanked off, and stored securely
    d. stowed vertically and allowed to drain
1190: A normal safe working load for used nylon rope in good conditon is __________.

    a. 10% of its breaking strain
    b. 25% of its breaking strain
    c. 33% of its breaking strain
    d. 50% of its breaking strain
1191: Which statement is TRUE about the use of a "gob rope"?

    a. The gob rope is a mooring line for tyhing up lighters for working cargo alongside a vessel anchored in an open roadstead.
    b. The gob rope is used to secure the towline aft over the centerline of a tug..
    c. The gob rope is a line hung over a vessel's side to assist in boarding.
    d. The gob rope is a rope used in mooring a vessel to a buoy.
1192: A person has fallen overboard and is being picked up with a lifeboat. If the person appears in danger of drowning, the lifeboat should make __________.

    a. an approach from leeward
    b. an approach from windward
    c. the most direct approach
    d. an approach across the wind
1193: The main advantage of a Chinese stopper over the one line stopper is that it __________.

    a. will not jam on the mooring line
    b. is stronger
    c. is easier to use when under heavy tension
    d. is safer to use when under heavy tension
1194: What type of line melts easiest?

    a. Wire
    b. Dacron
    c. Nylon
    d. Polypropylene
1195: Under the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act of 1936, a vessel will be liable for damage to a cargo when the damage arises from __________.

    a. unseaworthiness when sailing
    b. insufficient packing
    c. quarantine delays
    d. mismanagement of the vessel
1196: You are landing a single-screw vessel, with a right-hand propeller, starboard side to the dock. When you have approached the berth and back the engine, you would expect the vessel to __________.

    a. lose headway without swinging
    b. turn her bow toward the dock
    c. turn her bow away from the dock
    d. head into the wind, regardless of the side the wind is on
1198: The most probable position of the object of a search at any given time is the __________.

    a. datum position
    b. incident position
    c. reported position
    d. dead-reckoning position
1200: Your vessel's operators send a message that your vessel has been consigned to Voluntary Naval Control of Shipping. The message will refer you to __________.

    a. the Light List
    b. the International Code of Signals (PUB 102)
    c. Radio Aids to Navigation (PUB 117)
    d. the Coast Pilot
1201: When clearing customs for a foreign voyage, which of the following is processed at the custom's house and returned to the vessel?

    a. Shipping Articles
    b. Traveling Curio Manifest
    c. Official Logbook
    d. Cargo Gear Register
1202: Under the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act of 1936, a vessel will be liable for damage to cargo when the damage arises from __________.

    a. an act of war
    b. lack of ventilation in transit
    c. perils of the sea
    d. an error in navigation
1203: Under defense plans, operation of electronic aids may be temporarily suspended with __________.

    a. one day's notice
    b. no notice
    c. thirty (30) day's notice
    d. a week's notice
1206: You are landing a single-screw vessel with a left-handed propeller, starboard side to the dock. As you approach the dock you back your engine with your rudder amidships. You would expect the vessel to __________.

    a. lose headway without swinging
    b. turn its bow towards the dock
    c. turn its stern towards the dock
    d. drift away from the dock
1207: The Tonnage Certificate indicates __________.

    a. deadweight tons
    b. displacement tons
    c. net tons
    d. light displacement tons
1208: When making a wire fast to bitts it is recommended that you __________.

    a. use only figure eights
    b. take 2 round turns around one bitt, then make figure eights
    c. take 3 round turns around both bitts, then make figure eights
    d. alternate round turns and figure eights around both bitts
1209: When cargo is being worked using a Burton or married fall system, which part of the cargo gear is most likely to fail?

    a. Boom
    b. Gooseneck
    c. Guy tackle
    d. Topping lift
1210: To rigidly fasten together the peak frames, the stem, and the outside framing, a horizontal plate is fitted across the forepeak of a vessel. This plate is known as a(n) __________.

    a. apron plate
    b. breasthook
    c. intercostal plate
    d. joiner
1211: When clearing a vessel for a foreign voyage, the original crew list is duly certified by proper authority. In a U.S. port, this authority is the U.S. __________.

    a. Coast Guard
    b. Customs
    c. Immigration Service
    d. Public Health Service
1212: What is NOT characteristic of the conditions which would be experienced by a vessel located southeast of an approaching eastward-moving storm center on the Great Lakes?

    a. Falling barometer
    b. A westerly wind
    c. Lowering clouds
    d. Rain or snow
1213: What minimum size manila line is required to hold a weight of 932 pounds, if you use a safety factor of six?

    a. 2.0"
    b. 2.5"
    c. 3.0"
    d. 3.5"
1214: Which statement is TRUE about nylon line?

    a. Manila line will usually last longer than nylon line.
    b. Nylon line is excellent for use in alongside towing.
    c. A normal safe working load will stretch nylon line 50%.
    d. Nylon stoppers should be used with nylon line.
1215: What is an advantage in the use of a towing hook?

    a. To prevent the tug from becoming tripped
    b. To quickly connect or release a tow, especially a sinking tow
    c. To facilitate berthing maneuvers
    d. All of the above
1216: It is easier to dock a right-hand, single-screw vessel __________.

    a. starboard side to the wharf
    b. either side to the wharf
    c. port side to the wharf
    d. stern to the wharf
1217: The proper way to correct a mistake in the logbook is to __________.

    a. erase the entry and rewrite
    b. draw a line through the entry, rewrite, and initial the correction
    c. draw several lines through the entry, rewrite, and initial the correction
    d. completely black out the entry, rewrite, and initial the correction
1218: Which is a negotiable document?

    a. Bill of Lading
    b. Cargo Manifest
    c. Export Declaration
    d. Receiving Report
1220: Who certifies the safe working load of cargo cranes on a vessel?

    a. U.S. Coast Guard
    b. American Bureau of Shipping
    c. Society of Naval Architects and Marine Engineers
    d. National Cargo Bureau
1221: Your vessel is in Charleston, S.C. You need not clear Customs if __________.

    a. all the cargo on board is of U.S. origin and destined for New York
    b. you took on no new cargo in Charleston, S.C. and are bound for Puerto Rico and thence foreign
    c. you did not discharge any cargo in Charleston and are bound for Panama
    d. you did not load any cargo in Charleston and are bound for Halifax
1222: Who certifies the safe working load of cargo cranes on a vessel?

    a. American Bureau of Shipping
    b. National Cargo Bureau
    c. U.S. Coast Guard
    d. None of the above
1223: The organization that certifies the safe working load of cargo cranes on a vessel is the __________.

    a. classification society
    b. National Cargo Bureau
    c. U.S. Coast Guard
    d. none of the above
1224: Which is NOT a recommended practice when handling nylon line?

    a. Nylon lines which become slippery because of oil or grease should be scrubbed down.
    b. Manila line stoppers should be used for holding nylon hawsers.
    c. When easing out nylon line, keep an extra turn on the bitt to prevent slipping.
    d. Iced-over nylon lines should be thawed and drained before stowing.
1225: Ice concentration is measured in OKTAs. What percentage of the sea surface is ice-covered with 2 OKTAs concentration?

    a. 10%
    b. 20%
    c. 25%
    d. 67%
1226: You are docking a vessel starboard side to with the assistance of two tugs. You are attempting to hold the vessel off by operating both tugs at right angles to the vessel and at full power. You must ensure that __________.

    a. steerageway is not taken off
    b. the bow doesn't close the dock first
    c. the bow closes the dock first
    d. the ship has no headway at the time
1227: You have the "conn" at the time the helmsman who is steering by hand reports that the rudder is not responding to the wheel. Your FIRST action should be to __________.

    a. shift the selector switch to the other steering pump
    b. signal the engineroom to stop the engines
    c. call the engineroom
    d. call the Master
1228: A cargo exception would appear on __________.

    a. a Bill of Lading
    b. the cargo manifest
    c. the Export Declaration
    d. a Letter of Indemnity
1230: Which statement concerning solid floors is TRUE?

    a. They must be watertight.
    b. They may have lightening, limber, or air holes cut into them.
    c. They are built of structural frames connected by angle struts and stiffeners, with flanged plate brackets at each end.
    d. They are lighter than open floors.
1231: What is NOT a condition for a salvage claim?

    a. The property saved must be "maritime property."
    b. The salvors must save or attempt to save any life in peril.
    c. The salvage service must be voluntary.
    d. The property must be in peril.
1232: You have the "conn" at the time the helmsman who is steering by hand reports that the rudder is not responding to the wheel. Your FIRST action should be to __________.

    a. check that the wheel is firmly connected to the shaft
    b. signal the engineroom to "Standby the Engines"
    c. set the "Mode" switch to "Auto" and steer by auto-pilot
    d. switch to the other steering pump
1233: You are on watch while your vessel is entering port with a pilot conning. The pilot gives a steering command to the helmsman who fails to acknowledge it by repeating the command. You should immediately __________.

    a. notify the Master
    b. ask the Pilot to repeat the command since the helmsman failed to hear it
    c. tell the helmsman to ask the Pilot to repeat any command that he fails to hear or understand
    d. repeat the Pilot's command and ensure that the helmsman repeats it exactly
1234: Which type of line will stretch the most when under strain?

    a. Polypropylene
    b. Dacron
    c. Nylon
    d. Manila
1235: You are on watch entering port while the pilot has the conn. The pilot gives a steering command to the helmsman who partially repeats the command. You should immediately __________.

    a. repeat the Pilot's command and ensure that the helmsman repeats it completely
    b. ask the Pilot to repeat the command since the helmsman failed to hear it completely
    c. observe the helmsman's wheel action to be sure that it complies with the Pilot's command
    d. ignore the helmsman's response as long as it was close to what the Pilot ordered
1236: You are docking a ship with a single-screw tug assisting on your starboard bow. How should the tug be tied up if you are anticipating that she will have to hold your bow off while you stem the current?

    a. One head line would be sufficient.
    b. The tug would need at least two head lines.
    c. The tug should put a spring line up, leading astern on the ship.
    d. The tug should put a stern line up, leading ahead on the ship.
1237: You are a watchstanding mate and have come to the bridge to relieve the watch. After reviewing the chart and having been briefed by the off-going mate, you are now ready to effect the relief. The watch is officially transferred to you after __________.

    a. you state the vessel's charted position, present course and port of destination
    b. the mate being relieved tells you the vessel's course and speed and states that you have the watch
    c. you say, "I relieve you" and you state the course per gyro and magnetic compasses
    d. the mate being relieved says, "You have the conn" and you state the ship's course
1238: A contract of affreightment is a __________.

    a. Bill of Lading
    b. Bottomry Bond
    c. manifest
    d. Portage Bill
1240: Bilge keels are fitted on ships to __________.

    a. assist in dry dock alignment
    b. improve the vessel's stability
    c. protect the vessel from slamming against piers
    d. reduce the rolling of the vessel
1241: A Notice of Marine Casualty to a vessel must include __________.

    a. the estimated cost of damage
    b. the name of the owner or agent of the vessel
    c. an evaluation of who was at fault
    d. the amount of ballast on board
1242: You are a watchstanding mate and have come to the bridge to relieve the watch while underway at sea. The watch should not be transferred __________.

    a. during an engine speed change
    b. during a navigational course change
    c. unless the helm is in the "hand" mode
    d. All of the above
1243: You are on watch at sea and find it prudent to call the Master to the bridge due to traffic congestion. The moment that the Master officially relieves you of the conn is whenever __________.

    a. a watchstander announces "Captain's on the bridge"
    b. you call the Captain to the bridge in a traffic situation
    c. the Master specifically informs you that he has the conn
    d. the Captain states the course being steered
1244: Nylon line is NOT suitable for __________.

    a. towing
    b. lashings
    c. stoppers
    d. mooring lines
1245: While on watch at sea you must maintain a proper lookout at all times. On a 700-foot cargo vessel being hand-steered during daylight hours in good visibility and clear of any navigational hazards, the lookout may be __________.

    a. the helmsman
    b. the mate on watch
    c. Either A or B
    d. Neither A nor B
1246: When a tug is pulling on a hawser at right angles to the ship, and the pilot wants to come ahead or astern on the ship's engine, care must be taken that the pilot __________.

    a. does not break the towline
    b. does not get too much way on the vessel
    c. keeps a steady course so the towline will remain tight
    d. turns the ship toward the direction of pull
1247: You are on watch and the Pilot has the conn. The Master has temporarily gone below. The Pilot orders a course change which you are certain will put the vessel into imminent danger. Your first action should be to __________.

    a. countermand the order and immediately notify the Master
    b. make an appropriate entry in the deck log concerning the Pilot's order
    c. immediately call the Master and await further orders from him
    d. immediately sound a short ring on the general alarm
1248: A declaration made by the Master before a U.S. Consul, giving particulars regarding heavy weather or other incidents which may have caused damage to the vessel or cargo, through no fault of the vessel, her officers, or crew is a(n) __________.

    a. cargo addendum
    b. exception report
    c. Master's declaration
    d. note of protest
1250: The floors in a vessel's hull structure are kept from tripping, or folding over, by __________.

    a. face plates
    b. bottom longitudinals
    c. longitudinal deck beams
    d. transverse deck beams
1251: What is NOT a primary function of the freight forwarder?

    a. To book cargo space in advance
    b. To execute, approve, and submit all shipping documents necessary to the particular shipment
    c. To provide financial assistance to the shipper when required
    d. Clear the goods through customs
1252: Control of flooding should be addressed __________.

    a. first
    b. following control of fire
    c. following restoration of vital services
    d. only if a threat exists
1253: You are preparing to relieve the mate on watch while underway at sea. The watch should not be transferred __________.

    a. during an engine speed change
    b. while the Master is on the bridge
    c. during a collision avoidance maneuver
    d. All of the above
1254: Under identical load conditions, nylon, when compared with natural fiber line, will stretch __________.

    a. less and have less strength
    b. more and have less strength
    c. more and have greater strength
    d. less and have greater strength
1256: You are docking an oceangoing single-screw vessel under normal circumstances with a single tug. The tug is usually used to __________.

    a. control the bow and is tied to the offshore bow
    b. control the stern and is tied to the stern on the offshore side
    c. pull the vessel into the slip and is tied to the bow
    d. push the ship bodily alongside and is tied to the offshore side amidships
1257: You are a watchstanding mate and have come to the bridge to relieve the watch. After reviewing the chart and having been briefed by the off-going mate, you are now ready to effect the relief. Which of the following is exemplary of the statement that would officially transfer the watch?

    a. You say to the mate going off watch, "Destination New York, course 283°, speed 16 knots."
    b. The mate being relieved says, "You now have the watch, course 147°, speed 15 knots."
    c. The mate being relieved says, "All in apparent good order, course 068° per gyro, 075° per standard."
    d. You say to the mate going off watch, "I relieve you, course 321° per gyro, 316° per standard."
1258: While your vessel is docked port side to a wharf, a sudden gale force wind causes the vessel's stern lines to part. The stern begins to fall away from the dock, and no tugs are immediately available. Which measure(s) should you take FIRST?

    a. Notify the engineroom of the need for propulsion.
    b. Shut down any cargo transfer that's in progress.
    c. Let go the port anchor and veer to a short scope of chain.
    d. Obtain assistance from the terminal to put new stern lines out.
1260: The function of the bilge keel is to __________.

    a. reduce the rolling of the vessel
    b. serve as the vessel's main strength member
    c. add strength to the bilge
    d. protect the vessel's hull when alongside a dock
1261: A vessel operating "in class" has met all the requirements of the __________.

    a. ABS or similar society
    b. insurance company
    c. U.S. Coast Guard
    d. U.S. Customs
1262: You are the Master of a 500-gross ton passenger vessel operating on rivers. Your vessel accidentally runs aground. Under the regulations for passenger vessels, you must notify the __________.

    a. Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in damage to property in excess of $25,000
    b. Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in a loss of life
    c. Coast Guard, only if the grounding results in injury to personnel
    d. nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Marine Inspection Office as soon as possible
1264: Which type of line is best able to withstand sudden shock loads?

    a. Polypropylene
    b. Nylon
    c. Dacron
    d. Manila
1265: You are picking up an unconscious person that has fallen overboard in a fresh breeze. For safety reasons a small craft should approach with the __________.

    a. victim to leeward
    b. victim to windward
    c. wind on your port side
    d. wind on your starboard side
1266: You are docking a vessel in a slip which has its entrance athwart the tide. You land the ship across the end of the pier, stemming the tide, preparatory to breaking the ship around the corner. You have one tug to assist. Where would you generally tie up the tug?

    a. Have her on a hawser from the stern.
    b. Tie her up on the inshore bow to hold the ship off the end.
    c. Tie her up on the offshore bow.
    d. Tie her up on the inshore quarter to lift the stern.
1267: You are on watch while your vessel is entering port with a pilot conning. The pilot gave a steering command to the helmsman who failed to acknowledge it by repeating the order. You have now enunciated the pilot's order to the helmsman and there is still no response. If the helmsman continues on the original course, you should immediately __________.

    a. take the helm and expedite the maneuver that the pilot ordered
    b. ask the Pilot to repeat the command since the helmsman failed to hear it
    c. tell the helmsman to ask the Pilot to repeat any command that he fails to hear or understand
    d. repeat the Pilot's command a second time and notify the Master
1268: The S.S. Ossel Hitch arrives in Capetown, South Africa, and the Master affects a note of protest with the U.S. Consul. Why would the Master affect this document?

    a. Crew misconduct
    b. Inability of vessel to comply with voyage charter
    c. Suspicion of cargo pilferage by crew
    d. Suspicion of heavy weather damage to vessel or cargo
1269: What is meant by the term "topping the boom"?

    a. Lowering the boom
    b. Raising the boom
    c. Spotting the boom over the deck
    d. Swinging the boom athwartships
1270: When a man who is conscious has fallen overboard is being picked up by a lifeboat, the boat should approach with the wind __________.

    a. astern and the victim just off the bow
    b. ahead and the victim just off the bow
    c. just off the bow and the victim to windward
    d. just off the bow and the victim to leeward
1271: The citizenship of a crew member of a vessel in a U.S. port is determined solely by the __________.

    a. Customs Officer
    b. Immigration Officer
    c. Coast Guard
    d. Union Official
1272: You are on a tankship carrying benzene in bulk. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. No other cargoes may be carried due to the possibility of contamination by a carcinogen.
    b. The crew quarters must have positive-pressure ventilation to prevent the fumes from entering the living spaces.
    c. Benzene is not a cancer-causing agent.
    d. Personnel working in regulated areas must use respirators.
1274: If given equal care, nylon line should last how many times longer than manila line?

    a. Three
    b. Four
    c. Five
    d. Six
1275: The tension on an anchor cable increases so that the angle of the catenary to the seabed at the anchor reaches 10°. How will this affect the anchor in sandy soil?

    a. It will have no effect.
    b. It will increase the holding power.
    c. It will reduce the holding power.
    d. It will cause the anchor to snag.
1276: When moored with a Mediterranean moor, the ship should be secured to the pier by having __________.

    a. a stern line and two quarter lines crossing under the stern
    b. a stern line, 2 bow lines, and 2 quarter lines leading aft to the pier
    c. all regular lines leading to the pier in opposition to the anchor
    d. two bow lines and two midship lines leading aft to the pier
1277: Ice concentration is measured in OKTAs. What percentage of the sea surface is ice-covered with 4 OKTAs concentration?

    a. 25%
    b. 40%
    c. 50%
    d. 67%
1277: Ice concentration is measured in OKTAs. What percentage of the sea surface is ice-covered with 4 OKTAs concentration?

    a. 25%
    b. 40%
    c. 50%
    d. 67%
1278: The document that establishes the facts of a casualty and is the prima facie relief from liability for the damage is the __________.

    a. adjuster's report
    b. insurance policy
    c. invoice
    d. Master's protest
1280: Vertical structural members attached to the floors that add strength to the floors are called __________.

    a. boss plates
    b. buckler plates
    c. stiffeners
    d. breast hooks
1281: The agency most concerned with a stowaway is __________.

    a. Customs
    b. Immigration
    c. Public Health
    d. U.S.D.A.
1282: When evacuating a seaman by helicopter lift, the vessel should be __________.

    a. stopped with the wind dead ahead
    b. stopped with the wind on the beam
    c. underway with the wind 30° on the bow
    d. underway on a course to provide no apparent wind
1283: Which statement about the fo'c'sle card is TRUE?

    a. The fo'c'sle card is a blank sample of the articles.
    b. It contains copies of the crew's signatures from the articles.
    c. Is an exact copy of shipping articles.
    d. Each crewmember is given a copy of the fo'c'sle card.
1285: Which information MUST be entered on the muster list?

    a. Names of all crew members
    b. Use and application of special equipment
    c. Listing of approved emergency equipment
    d. Duties and station of each person during emergencies
1286: The anchors should be dropped well out from the pier while at a Mediterranean moor to __________.

    a. eliminate navigational hazards by allowing the chain to lie along the harbor bottom
    b. increase the anchor's reliability by providing a large catenary in the chain
    c. permit the ship to maneuver in the stream while weighing anchors
    d. prevent damage to the stern caused by swinging against the pier in the approach
1287: The term "shift the rudder" means __________.

    a. change from right (left) to left (right) rudder an equal amount
    b. use right or left rudder
    c. check, but do not stop the vessel from swinging
    d. put the rudder amidships
1288: A document used to indicate suspected cargo damage caused by rough weather would be the __________.

    a. cargo report
    b. hull damage report
    c. Master's Note of Protest
    d. Unseaworthy Certificate
1289: What would you use to adjust the height of a cargo boom?

    a. Lizard
    b. Spanner guy
    c. Topping lift
    d. Working guy
1290: What is NOT an advantage of double bottom ships?

    a. The tank top forms a second skin for the vessel.
    b. The center of gravity of a loaded bulk cargo ship may be raised to produce a more comfortable roll.
    c. The floors and longitudinals distribute the upward push of the water on the ship's bottom.
    d. They are less expensive to construct because of increased access space.
1291: "Free pratique" means that __________.

    a. clearance requirements for all regulatory bodies have been met
    b. health requirements have been met and no further quarantine formalities are required
    c. shipment will be made at no cost
    d. tonnage taxes are not required to be paid
1292: The Articles of Agreement __________.

    a. is also known as a Merchant Mariner's Document
    b. designates the quarters a seaman will occupy during a voyage
    c. advises the crew of the conditions of employment
    d. are signed by each crewmember at the end of the voyage
1293: What is required to be posted in the pilothouse of a vessel?

    a. Certificate of Inspection
    b. Officer's licenses
    c. Company Mission Statement
    d. Muster List ("Station Bill")
1296: To ensure the best results during the Mediterranean moor, the chains should __________.

    a. be crossed around the bow
    b. tend out at right angles to the bow
    c. tend aft 60°From each bow
    d. tend forward 30° on either bow
1298: A Master should file a marine note of protest if __________.

    a. cargo was received at ship side which was damaged in land transit
    b. longshore labor went on strike in the port causing undue vessel delay
    c. portions of his vessel's cargo were illegally impounded in a foreign port
    d. the vessel encountered heavy weather which might have caused cargo damage
1299: Which part of a conventional cargo gear rig provides for vertical control and positioning of a boom?

    a. Cargo whip
    b. Gooseneck fitting
    c. Spider band
    d. Topping lift
1300: Tonnage openings must be closed by means of __________.

    a. press board
    b. steel hatch boards
    c. steel plates
    d. wooden hatch boards
1301: If, after examination by the Quarantine Officer, your vessel is found to have a specific deficiency, you may be issued __________.

    a. Bill of health
    b. Free Pratique
    c. Notice to Comply
    d. Controlled Free Pratique
1302: Reinforcing frames attached to a bulkhead on a vessel are called __________.

    a. side longitudinals
    b. intercostals
    c. stiffeners
    d. brackets
1304: A nylon line is rated at 12,000 lbs. breaking strain. Using a safety factor of 5, what is the safe working load (SWL)?

    a. 2,000 lbs.
    b. 2,400 lbs.
    c. 12,000 lbs.
    d. 60,000 lbs.
1305: What is an advantage of the 6X19 class of wire rope over the 6X37 class of wire rope of the same diameter?

    a. Greater holding power
    b. Better for towing
    c. More resistance to elongation
    d. More resistance to corrosion
1306: You are making mooring lines fast to bitts, stern to, as in some Mediterranean ports. A swell is liable to make the vessel surge. How should you tie up?

    a. Use manila or synthetic fiber hawsers only.
    b. Use wires only from the stern and each quarter.
    c. Use synthetic fiber and/or manila hawsers as required.
    d. Use wires from each quarter and manila hawsers from the stern.
1307: Which type of ice is a hazard to navigation?

    a. Ice rind
    b. Pancake ice
    c. Frazil ice
    d. Growlers
1308: The S.S. Sheet Bend arrives in New York after encountering heavy weather on a voyage from Cape Town. Who will note the protest for the Master?

    a. Collector of Customs
    b. Notary Public
    c. Officer in Charge Marine Inspection
    d. U.S. Shipping Commissioner
1310: Which statement is TRUE concerning protection of double bottom tanks against excessive pressure?

    a. Each vent for the tank must be equal to the area of the tank filling line.
    b. The tanks must be protected by overflows.
    c. The total area of the vents or the overflow shall be at least 125% of the area of the fill line.
    d. There must be twice as much vent area as the area of the fill line.
1311: Before arriving at the first U.S. port from foreign, you must fill out a Crewman's Landing Permit for each __________.

    a. alien crewmember
    b. crew member
    c. nonresident alien crewmember
    d. unlicensed crew member
1312: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "D" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

    a. stern line
    b. forward spring line
    c. after spring line
    d. waist breast line
1313: Where should a vessel being towed alongside be positioned for increased maneuverability?

    a. Stern of the towed vessel aft of the stern of the towing vessel
    b. Stern of the towed vessel even with the stern of the towing vessel
    c. Stern of the towed vessel forward of the stern of the towing vessel
    d. Bow of the towed vessel even with the bow of the towing vessel
1314: A wire rope rove through two single blocks with two parts at the moving block is used for a boat fall. The weight of the 100-person boat is 5 tons. Compute the required breaking strain. Safety Factor - 6, weight per person - 165 lbs., 10% friction per sheave (2 sheaves).

    a. 18.30 tons B.S.
    b. 20.29 tons B.S.
    c. 22.27 tons B.S.
    d. 24.31 tons B.S.
1316: The anchor chain should be kept moderately taut during a Mediterranean moor to __________.

    a. facilitate speed of recovery during the weighing process
    b. indicate the anchor's location to passing or mooring ships
    c. prevent damage to the stern in the event of a headwind
    d. provide a steady platform for the gangway between the fantail and pier
1319: In relation to cargo gear, what does "SWL" mean?

    a. Safe working load
    b. Ship's working lift
    c. Starboard wing lift
    d. Stress, weight, load
1320: A cofferdam is __________.

    a. any deck below the main deck and above the lowest deck
    b. a member that gives fore-and-aft strength
    c. made by placing two bulkheads a few feet apart
    d. a heavy fore-and-aft beam under the deck
1321: Which type of carrier accepts without discrimination all legal cargoes of a shipper?

    a. Common
    b. Industrial
    c. Private
    d. Tramp
1322: The American Consul has asked the Master of a vessel bound for a port in the U.S. to transport a destitute seaman back to the U.S. Which action may the Master take?

    a. He may refuse to take the seaman if the ship will not stop at a U.S. port within 30 days.
    b. He is required to accept the seaman only if the seaman is medically unfit.
    c. He may refuse to take the seaman if the seaman has a contagious disease.
    d. He is required to take the seaman under any circumstance.
1323: "Ease the rudder" means to __________.

    a. decrease the rudder angle
    b. move the rudder slowly in the direction of the most recent rudder command
    c. bring the rudder amidships
    d. steer the course which is your present heading
1324: The forecastle card is a(n) __________.

    a. copy of the shipping agreement
    b. quarters allocation
    c. Muster List ("Station Bill")
    d. unlicensed shipping card from the union
1325: You are signing on crew members. The minimum number of people required aboard, and the qualifications of each, is listed on the __________.

    a. Crew list
    b. Certificate of Inspection
    c. Articles of Agreement
    d. fo'c'sle card
1326: After casting off moorings at a mooring buoy in calm weather, you should __________.

    a. go full ahead on the engine(s)
    b. back away a few lengths to clear the buoy and then go ahead on the engines
    c. go half ahead on the engines and put the rudder hard right
    d. go half ahead on the engines and pass upstream of the buoy
1328: The declaration made by the Master when he anticipates hull and/or cargo damage due to unusual weather conditions is a __________.

    a. Note of Protest
    b. Notice of Casualty
    c. Portage Bill
    d. Bottomry Bond
1329: A pelican hook __________.

    a. can be released while under strain
    b. is used for boat falls
    c. is used for extra heavy loads
    d. is used for light loads only
1330: Beams are cambered to __________.

    a. increase their strength
    b. provide drainage from the decks
    c. relieve deck stress
    d. All of the above
1331: The S.S. Microwave has been chartered to the Longline Steamship Company. The Longline Steamship Company agrees to pay all expenses and employ and pay the crew. Which type of contract is involved?

    a. Bareboat Charter Party
    b. Lease Charter Party
    c. Time Charter Party
    d. Voyage Charter Party
1334: Close link chain of not less the 3/4" (or the wire rope equivalent) is required for lashing deck cargoes of timber. What size flexible wire rope would provide the strength equivalent to 3/4" chain, using a safety factor of 5?

    a. 9/16"
    b. 1"
    c. 1 1/4"
    d. 1 3/8"
1336: When picking up your mooring at the buoy, the correct method is to __________.

    a. approach the buoy with the wind and current astern
    b. approach the buoy with the wind and current ahead
    c. approach the buoy with wind and sea abeam
    d. stop upwind and up current and drift down on the buoy
1338: A "dangerous cargo manifest" is needed for you to carry a combustible cargo. You should obtain the shipping papers to make this "manifest" from the __________.

    a. manufacturer
    b. ABS
    c. Coast Guard
    d. shipper
1340: The usual depth of a beam bracket is __________.

    a. 2 1/2 times the depth of the beam
    b. 5 times the depth of the beam
    c. 10 times the depth of the beam
    d. same depth as the beam
1341: The owners of the S.S. Short Haul agree to a charter with the Longsplice Steamship Company. The owners stipulate in the charter party that the regular Master must be employed as the vessel's Master for the entire life of the contract. Which charter has been affected?

    a. Bareboat
    b. Lease
    c. Time
    d. Voyage
1344: When working with wire rope, which must be considered?

    a. Metal sheaves should be lined with wood or leather.
    b. It needs better care than hemp or manila.
    c. It should be lubricated annually.
    d. The diameter of a sheave over which a rope is worked should be ten times that of the rope.
1346: The best method of determining if a vessel is dragging anchor is to note __________.

    a. the amount of line paid out
    b. how much the vessel sheers while at anchor
    c. any change in the tautness of the anchor chain
    d. changes in bearings of fixed objects onshore
1348: Preparation of muster lists and signing of same is the responsibility of the __________.

    a. Chief Officer of the vessel
    b. owner of the vessel
    c. Master of the vessel
    d. United States Coast Guard
1350: A deck beam does NOT __________.

    a. act as a beam to support vertical deck loads
    b. lessen the longitudinal stiffness of the vessel
    c. act as a tie to keep the sides of the ship in place
    d. act as a web to prevent plate wrinkling due to twisting action on the vessel
1351: Your vessel is chartered under a time charter party. Under this type of charter party, your responsibility is __________.

    a. solely to the charterer for all matters pertaining to cargo and ship administration
    b. solely to the cargo shippers and consignees
    c. solely to the owner, as under normal conditions
    d. to the owner for vessel administration and to the charterer for cargo operations and schedule
1354: A 6x19 wire rope would be __________.

    a. 6 inches in diameter and 19 fathoms long
    b. 6 inches in circumference with 19 strands
    c. 6 strands with 19 wires in each strand
    d. 19 strands with 6 wires in each strand
1355: Ice concentration is measured in OKTAs. What percentage of the sea surface is ice-covered with 6 OKTAs concentration?

    a. 6%
    b. 50%
    c. 60%
    d. 75%
1356: If your vessel is dragging her anchor in a strong wind, you should __________.

    a. shorten the scope of anchor cable
    b. increase the scope of anchor cable
    c. put over the sea anchor
    d. put over a stern anchor
1357: The area indicated by the letter G is known as the __________. (D033DG )

    a. entrance
    b. stringer plate
    c. turn of the bilge
    d. garboard
1358: Seeing that all hands are familiar with their duties, as specified in the muster list, is the responsibility of the __________.

    a. Master
    b. Chief Mate
    c. safety officer
    d. department heads
1360: What are reef points used for?

    a. Reduce the area of a sail
    b. Keep the sail taut in light airs
    c. Reduce the draft if the boat runs aground
    d. Increase the strength of the mast
1361: On a voyage charter, when a vessel is ready to load cargo, the Master should render to the charterer a __________.

    a. Notice of Readiness
    b. Master Certificate of Service
    c. Shipmasters Declaration
    d. Vessel Utilization and Performance Report
1364: Which molten substance is poured into the basket of a wire rope socket being fitted to the end of a wire rope?

    a. Babbitt
    b. Bronze
    c. Lead
    d. Zinc
1365: A person who sees someone fall overboard should __________.

    a. call for help and keep the individual in sight
    b. run to the radio room to send an emergency message
    c. immediately jump in the water to assist the individual
    d. go to the bridge for the distress flares
1366: The best method to stop a vessel from dragging anchor in a sand bottom is to __________.

    a. reduce the length of the cable
    b. pay out more anchor cable
    c. back the engines
    d. swing the rudder several times to work the anchor into the bottom
1366: The best method to stop a vessel from dragging anchor in a sand bottom is to __________.

    a. reduce the length of the cable
    b. pay out more anchor cable
    c. back the engines
    d. swing the rudder several times to work the anchor into the bottom
1367: Under the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act of 1936, a vessel will be liable for damage to cargo when the damage arises out of __________.

    a. poor stowage of cargo in a container
    b. fire caused by lightning
    c. overloading
    d. inherent vice
1368: Fire and abandon ship stations and duties may be found on the __________.

    a. crewman's duty list
    b. Certificate of Inspection
    c. shipping articles
    d. muster list
1369: What is meant by "spotting the boom"?

    a. Lowering it into a cradle
    b. Placing it in a desired position
    c. Spotting it with wash primer and red lead
    d. Two-blocking it
1369: What is meant by "spotting the boom"?

    a. Lowering it into a cradle
    b. Placing it in a desired position
    c. Spotting it with wash primer and red lead
    d. Two-blocking it
1370: The strength of a deck will be increased by adding __________.

    a. camber
    b. deck beam brackets
    c. hatch beams
    d. sheer
1371: Delivery of a vessel to a charterer is called __________.

    a. chartering
    b. dispatching
    c. fixing
    d. tendering
1374: Which type of stopper should be used to stop off wire rope?

    a. Chain
    b. Manila
    c. Polypropylene
    d. Wire
1375: A chain stripper is used to __________.

    a. prevent chain from clinging to the wildcat
    b. clean the marine debris from the chain
    c. flake chain from a boat's chain locker
    d. clean chain prior to an x-ray inspection
1376: Generally speaking, the most favorable bottom for anchoring is __________.

    a. very soft mud
    b. rocky
    c. a mixture of mud and clay
    d. loose sand
1379: The heel block is located __________.

    a. at the base of the boom
    b. at the cargo hook
    c. near the midships guy
    d. near the spider band
1380: The deck beam brackets of a transversely framed vessel resist __________.

    a. hogging stresses
    b. sagging stresses
    c. racking stresses
    d. shearing stresses
1381: The Master of a vessel may tender a Notice of Readiness to the charterer when the vessel __________.

    a. has completed the terms of the charter party
    b. is in all respects ready to load
    c. is in all respects ready to sail
    d. is safely moored or at a suitable anchorage
1384: The wire rope used for cargo handling on board your vessel has a safe working load of eight tons. It shall be able to withstand a breaking test load of __________.

    a. 32 tons
    b. 40 tons
    c. 48 tons
    d. 64 tons
1389: A band or collar on the top end of a boom to which the topping lift, midships guy, and outboard guys are secured, is called the __________.

    a. collar band
    b. guy band
    c. pad eye collar
    d. spider band
1390: The body plan of a vessel is a(n) __________.

    a. endwise view of the ship's molded form
    b. longitudinal side elevation view
    c. plan made looking down on the ship, showing it's hull cut horizontally by the first set of planes
    d. vertical view made looking up in the ship, with the keel at the center
1391: The basic shipping paper that forms an agreement between a shipowner and a charterer is a __________.

    a. Cargo Declaration
    b. Charter Commission
    c. Charter Party
    d. Letter of Intent
1392: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "H" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

    a. forward breast line
    b. offshore spring line
    c. offshore bow line
    d. onshore bow line
1393: Your vessel's operators send a message that your vessel has been consigned to Naval Control of Shipping. The message will refer you to __________.

    a. the Light List
    b. Radio Aids to Navigation (PUB 117)
    c. the International Code of Signals (PUB 102)
    d. the Coast Pilot
1394: Galvanizing would be suitable for protecting wire rope which is used for __________.

    a. cargo runners
    b. stays
    c. topping lifts
    d. All of the above
1396: Lifting the anchor from the bottom is called __________.

    a. broaching the anchor
    b. shifting the anchor
    c. walking the anchor
    d. weighing the anchor
1399: Which part of a cargo boom has the greatest diameter?

    a. Head
    b. Middle
    c. Heel
    d. It has the same diameter along its complete length.
1400: The half-breadth plan is __________.

    a. an endwise view of the ship's molded form
    b. a plan with the forebody to right of centerline and afterbody to the left of centerline
    c. a longitudinal side elevation
    d. usually drawn for the port side only
1401: A clause in the charter party requires a vessel's owner to pay dispatch money when the vessel __________.

    a. changes berths to expedite loading or discharging
    b. does not load and discharge its cargo in the time specified
    c. is not ready to load or discharge cargo
    d. loads and discharges its cargo in less time than specified
1402: What form of ice is of land origin?

    a. Shuga
    b. Floe
    c. Spicule
    d. Bergy bit
1403: A vessel is involved in a casualty. The cost of property damage includes the __________.

    a. loss of revenue while the vessel is being repaired, up to a maximum of $50,000
    b. cost of labor and material to restore the vessel to the service condition which existed before the casualty
    c. damage claims awarded to individuals or companies involved in the casualty, up to a maximum of $50,000
    d. All of the above
1403: A vessel is involved in a casualty. The cost of property damage includes the __________.

    a. loss of revenue while the vessel is being repaired, up to a maximum of $50,000
    b. cost of labor and material to restore the vessel to the service condition which existed before the casualty
    c. damage claims awarded to individuals or companies involved in the casualty, up to a maximum of $50,000
    d. All of the above
1404: Galvanizing would not be suitable for protecting wire rope which is used for __________.

    a. cargo runners
    b. mooring wires
    c. shrouds
    d. stays
1406: How many fathoms are in a shot of anchor cable?

    a. 6
    b. 15
    c. 20
    d. 30
1410: The result of two forces acting in opposite directions and along parallel lines, is an example of what type of stress?

    a. Tensile
    b. Compression
    c. Shear
    d. Strain
1411: The time allowed for loading and discharging cargo in a charter party is referred to as __________.

    a. charter hire
    b. demurrage
    c. dispatch
    d. lay days
1414: A wire rope that has been overstrained will show __________.

    a. a bulge in the wire where the strain occurred
    b. a decrease in diameter where the strain occurred
    c. a kink in the wire where the strain occurred
    d. no visible effects of an overstrain
1416: What is meant by veering the anchor chain?

    a. Bringing the anchor to short stay
    b. Heaving in all the chain
    c. Locking the windlass to prevent more chain from running out
    d. Paying out more chain
1420: Tensile stress is a result of two forces acting in __________.

    a. opposite directions on the same line, tending to pull the material apart
    b. opposite directions on the same line, tending to compress the object
    c. opposite directions along parallel lines
    d. the same direction along parallel lines
1421: The charterer has completed loading the vessel in 3 days instead of the 5 days agreed to in the charter party. As a result of this, the __________.

    a. shipowner may charge for two lay days
    b. charterer may receive dispatch money
    c. stevedore may collect demurrage
    d. consignee may be required to pay a ceaser fee
1422: A U.S. vessel engaged in foreign trade must be __________.

    a. classed
    b. enrolled
    c. licensed
    d. registered
1424: A wire rope for a 10-ton boom on a vessel shows signs of excessive wear and must be replaced. What safety factor should be used when ordering a new wire?

    a. 4
    b. 5
    c. 6
    d. 7
1426: Forty-five fathoms is marked on the anchor chain by __________.

    a. one turn of wire on the first stud from each side of the detachable link
    b. two turns of wire on the second stud from each side of the detachable link
    c. three turns of wire on the third stud from each side of the detachable link
    d. four turns of wire on the fourth stud from each side of the detachable link
1427: Which letter in illustration D030DG represents a plain whipping? (D030DG )

    a. E
    b. F
    c. J
    d. V
1430: A vessel's bottom will be subjected to tension when weight is concentrated __________.

    a. amidships
    b. aft
    c. at both ends of the vessel
    d. forward
1431: A charterer is unable to complete the loading of a vessel during the lay days specified in the charter party. Under these circumstances, the __________.

    a. vessel operator can collect demurrage
    b. ship is authorized extra time to discharge the cargo
    c. charterer must pay dispatch money
    d. effective period of the charter is extended
1434: In the manufacture of wire rope, if the wires are shaped to conform to the curvature of the finished rope before they are laid up, the rope is called __________.

    a. composite
    b. left-lay
    c. improved
    d. preformed
1435: Which letter shown represents a clove hitch? (DO30DG )

    a. X
    b. U
    c. T
    d. R
1436: How many feet are there in 2 shots of anchor chain?

    a. 50
    b. 60
    c. 180
    d. 360
1439: Which part provides for transverse control and positioning of a boom in a conventional yard and stay system?

    a. Guy
    b. Shroud
    c. Spider
    d. Topping lift
1441: Dead freight is the charge for the __________.

    a. carriage of demise cargo
    b. cost of transshipment of over-carried cargo
    c. difference in the amount of cargo loaded and the amount of cargo discharged
    d. difference in the amount of cargo loaded and the amount of cargo booked, through no fault of the vessel
1442: You are on an ice-reinforced vessel about to enter pack ice. You should __________.

    a. enter the pack on the windward side where there is a well defined ice edge
    b. trim to an even keel or slightly down by the bow to take maximum benefit of the ice reinforcement
    c. take maximum advantage of coastal leads caused by offshore winds
    d. look for areas of rotten ice and enter perpendicular to the ice edge
1443: The Safety of Life at Sea Convention was developed by the __________.

    a. U.S. Coast Guard
    b. American Bureau of Shipping
    c. International Maritime Organization
    d. American Institute of Maritime Shipping
1444: If kinking results while wire rope is being coiled clockwise, you should __________.

    a. coil it counterclockwise
    b. not coil it
    c. take a turn under
    d. twist out the kinks under a strain
1445: What is an example of a fundamental objective of cargo stowage?

    a. Load so the trim does not exceed 3 feet by the stern.
    b. Make maximum use of existing dunnage.
    c. Separate wet and dry cargoes into separate holds.
    d. Prevent overcarriage by block stowage.
1446: The marking on an anchor chain for 30 fathoms is __________.

    a. two links on each side of the 30 fathom detachable link are painted white
    b. one link on each side of the 30 fathom detachable link is painted white
    c. three links on each side of the 30 fathom detachable link are painted white
    d. only the detachable link is painted red
1448: Nylon line is better suited than manila for __________.

    a. towing alongside
    b. towing astern
    c. holding knots and splices
    d. resisting damage from chemicals
1451: The implied condition(s) with respect to the doctrine of deviation in a marine insurance policy is(are) __________.

    a. that the cargo be discharged from the vessel with customary dispatch
    b. that the voyage be commenced in a reasonable time
    c. that the voyage be pursued over the usual and direct route
    d. All of the above
1452: The helm command "Check her" means __________.

    a. test the steering control
    b. read the compass heading
    c. stop the swing using hard over rudder
    d. slow the swing using moderate rudder
1455: Which letter represents a bowline on a bight? (DO30DG )

    a. H
    b. I
    c. M
    d. W
1456: How many turns of wire normally mark either side of the shackle 45 fathoms from the anchor?

    a. 1
    b. 2
    c. 3
    d. 4
1458: The catenary in a towline is __________.

    a. a short bridle
    b. the downward curvature of the hawser
    c. another name for a pelican hook
    d. used to hold it amidships
1459: When handling cargo, the majority of cargo gear breakdowns is due to __________.

    a. compression bending of the boom
    b. extension failure of the boom
    c. guy failures
    d. topping lift failures
1460: Weight concentration in which area will cause a vessel's bottom to be subjected to tension stresses?

    a. Aft
    b. Amidships
    c. At both ends
    d. Forward
1461: While a vessel is at sea, the mate on watch discovers a fire in one of the hatches. Fire hoses are used to put the fire out and some of the cargo is damaged by water. In marine insurance terms, this partial loss by water is called __________.

    a. an Act of God
    b. fire and water damage
    c. general average
    d. particular average
1462: Two mooring lines may be placed on the same bollard and either one cast off first if __________.

    a. the eye of the second line is dipped
    b. the mooring lines are doubled
    c. the bollard has two horns
    d. one of the lines is a breast line
1463: On a small boat, which knot is best suited for attaching a line to the ring of an anchor?

    a. Clove hitch
    b. Figure-eight knot
    c. Fisherman's bend
    d. Overhand knot
1464: When talking about wire rope, the lay of the wire is the __________.

    a. direction wires and strands are twisted together
    b. number of strands in the wire
    c. direction the core is twisted
    d. material used in the core
1465: The maneuver which will return your vessel in the shortest time to a person who has fallen overboard is __________.

    a. engine(s) crash astern, no turn
    b. a single turn with hard rudder
    c. a Williamson Turn
    d. two 180° turns
1466: When dropping anchor, you are stationed at the windlass brake. The most important piece(s) of gear is(are) __________.

    a. a hard hat
    b. a long sleeve shirt
    c. gloves
    d. goggles
1467: The type of carrier required to file a copy of freight tariffs would be the __________.

    a. common carrier
    b. tramp
    c. public vessel
    d. bulk carrier
1468: What will NOT reduce yawing of a tow?

    a. Increasing the length of the towing hawser
    b. Trimming the tow by the stern
    c. Stowing deck loads forward
    d. Drogues put over the stern
1470: Signs of racking stresses generally appear at the __________.

    a. bow and stern shell frames and plating
    b. junction of the frames with the beams and floors
    c. garboard strake, at each side of the keel
    d. thrust bearing of the main shaft
1471: One of the requirements for a general average act is __________.

    a. a successful venture
    b. no imminent peril
    c. no losses
    d. All of the above
1472: Which knot represents a single becket bend? (DO30DG )

    a. E
    b. F
    c. G
    d. H
1473: The "carrick bend" is used to __________.

    a. add strength to a weak spot in a line
    b. join two hawsers
    c. be a stopper to transfer a line under strain
    d. join lines of different sizes
1474: To find the distance the strands should be unlaid for an eye splice, multiply the diameter of the wire in inches by __________.

    a. 12
    b. 24
    c. 36
    d. 48
1475: As shown, the mooring line labeled "G" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

    a. forward spring line
    b. offshore bow line
    c. forward breast line
    d. inshore bow line
1476: How is the size of chain determined?

    a. Length of link in inches
    b. Diameter of metal in link in inches
    c. Links per fathom
    d. Weight of stud cable in pounds
1477: Under the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act of 1936, a vessel will be liable for damage to a cargo when the damage arises out of __________.

    a. delays due to seizure of the vessel
    b. fire caused by fault of the carrier
    c. strikes or lockouts
    d. improper stowage
1478: What does "in step" refer to in regards to towing?

    a. The towed vessel follows exactly in the wake of the towing vessel.
    b. There is no catenary in the towing hawser.
    c. When turning, both the towed and towing vessels turn at the same time.
    d. Both the towed and towing vessels reach a wave crest or trough at the same time.
1481: A fire has damaged 20 bales of cotton on a freighter loaded with general cargo. This claim would come under __________.

    a. constructive total loss
    b. general average
    c. particular average
    d. total loss of a part
1482: The two courses of action if the underwater hull is severely damaged are to plug the openings or to __________.

    a. establish and maintain flooding boundaries
    b. dewater the compartment
    c. secure power to the compartment
    d. ballast to maintain even keel
1483: The knot used to join two lines or two large hawsers for towing is called a __________.

    a. square knot
    b. carrick bend
    c. sheet bend
    d. bowline
1484: A metal eye spliced into a wire is called a __________.

    a. cyclops
    b. fish eye
    c. thimble
    d. chip
1486: Which is NOT a part of an anchor?

    a. Bill
    b. Devil's claw
    c. Palm
    d. Crown
1487: You are approaching a disabled vessel in order to remove survivors from it. If your vessel drifts faster than the disabled vessel, how should you make your approach?

    a. To windward of the disabled vessel
    b. To leeward of the disabled vessel
    c. Directly astern of the disabled vessel
    d. At three times the drifting speed of the disabled vessel
1488: What does the term "end-for-end" refer to in regard to a wire towing hawser?

    a. Cutting off the bitter and towing ends of the wire rope
    b. Splicing two wire ropes together
    c. Removing the wire rope from the drum and reversing it so that the towing end becomes the bitter end
    d. Removing the wire rope from the drum and turning it over so that the wire bends in the opposite direction when rolled on a drum
1491: While underway, part of your cargo is damaged by fire. In marine insurance terms this partial loss is called __________.

    a. absolute total loss
    b. constructive total loss
    c. general average
    d. particular average
1492: Which of the pictures in illustration DO30DG represents a fisherman's bend? (DO30DG )

    a. F
    b. G
    c. K
    d. L
1493: The knot used to join two lines of different diameter is a __________.

    a. square knot
    b. carrick bend
    c. becket bend
    d. sheepshank
1494: After splicing an eye in a piece of wire rope, the splice should be parceled and served to __________.

    a. strengthen the line
    b. increase its efficiency
    c. prevent hand injury by covering loose ends
    d. make the line more flexible
1495: A common class of wire rope is the 6X37 class. What does the 37 represent?

    a. Number of wires in the inner core
    b. Number of strands per wire rope
    c. Tensile strength of the wire
    d. Number of wires per strand
1496: The purpose of a devil's claw is to __________.

    a. act as a chain stopper
    b. prevent the windlass from engaging
    c. prevent the chain from fouling on deck
    d. control the wildcat
1497: Which of the pictures in illustration DO30DG represents a round turn and two half hitches? (DO30DG )

    a. E
    b. F
    c. Q
    d. S
1498: The biggest problem you generally encounter while towing a single tow astern is __________.

    a. the catenary dragging on the bottom
    b. swamping of the tow
    c. the tow tending to dive
    d. yaw
1499: In illustration D044DG, the mooring line labeled "E" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

    a. bow line
    b. forward breast line
    c. after spring line
    d. bow spring line
1500: Sometimes it is desirable to connect a member both by riveting and welding. Which statement is TRUE concerning this procedure?

    a. Tearing through the member is more likely in this type connection.
    b. The weld may be broken by the stresses caused by riveting.
    c. The weld increases the tensile stress on the rivet heads.
    d. The welding must be completed before the riveting commences.
1501: Particular average is __________.

    a. the average distance steamed per day over the duration of the voyage
    b. charges against all parties in a marine venture to pay for damages
    c. loss sustained by only one party
    d. claimed after all liens against the vessel are settled
1501: Particular average is __________.

    a. the average distance steamed per day over the duration of the voyage
    b. charges against all parties in a marine venture to pay for damages
    c. loss sustained by only one party
    d. claimed after all liens against the vessel are settled
1502: The tankship Northland is loaded as shown. Use the salmon colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to determine the hogging numeral. (Get Table Data)

    a. 49.73 numeral
    b. 52.76 numeral
    c. 55.29 numeral
    d. 57.93 numeral
1503: Which knot should be used to send a man over the side when he may have to use both hands?

    a. Bowline
    b. French bowline
    c. Bowline on a bight
    d. Running bowline
1505: The supplement to the IOPP Certificate contains what type of data?

    a. The grades of cargo that an oil tanker is permitted to carry.
    b. A checklist of the equipment installed for controlling the discharge of oil.
    c. The trade routes upon which the vessel may operate.
    d. A list of the underwriters who will assume financial responsibility in the event of an oil spill.
1506: The sprocket wheel in a windlass, used for heaving in the anchor, is called a __________.

    a. capstan
    b. dog wheel
    c. fairlead
    d. wildcat
1506: The sprocket wheel in a windlass, used for heaving in the anchor, is called a __________.

    a. capstan
    b. dog wheel
    c. fairlead
    d. wildcat
1508: While towing, sudden shock-loading caused during heavy weather can be reduced by __________.

    a. using a short tow hawser
    b. using a nonelastic type hawser
    c. using a heavier hawser
    d. decreasing the catenary in the hawser
1509: If an electric cargo winch is being used to lift a draft of cargo and the engine room loses all power, which will occur?

    a. A pawl, forced by a spring mechanism, will engage the teeth of the bull gear and hold the load.
    b. An electromagnetic brake will hold the load where it is suspended.
    c. The load will fall rapidly to the deck unless the foot brake is engaged.
    d. The load will slowly lower to the deck under control of the drag of the winch motor.
1510: The type of welding employed in shipyards is primarily __________.

    a. brazing
    b. electric arc
    c. pressure welding
    d. thermite welding
1511: A vessel has been damaged by fire. The survey shows the cost of repairs will exceed the value of the repaired vessel. This is an example of a(n) __________.

    a. constructive total loss
    b. salvage loss
    c. actual loss
    d. preferred loss
1512: You are proceeding under NCS (Naval Control of Shipping) and wish to send a message warning of a hurricane. Which precedence would you assign this message?

    a. R (ROUTINE)
    b. Z (FLASH)
    c. O (IMMEDIATE)
    d. P (PRIORITY)
1513: Which knot is suitable for hoisting an unconscious person?

    a. Bowline in a bight
    b. French bowline
    c. Fisherman's loop
    d. Spider hitch
1514: A 6x12, two-inch wire rope has __________.

    a. 12 strands and a two-inch diameter
    b. 12 strands and a two-inch circumference
    c. 6 strands and a two-inch diameter
    d. 6 strands and a two-inch circumference
1515: In a national emergency, when communicating via the Navy, messages are sent by precedence. A message designated ROUTINE will be delivered within __________.

    a. 30 minutes to 1 hour
    b. 1 to 6 hours
    c. 3 hours to start of business the following day
    d. 10 minutes if possible
1516: The length of a standard "shot" of chain is __________.

    a. 12 fathoms
    b. 15 fathoms
    c. 18 fathoms
    d. 20 fathoms
1517: Which picture represents a timber hitch? (DO30DG )

    a. E
    b. F
    c. N
    d. U
1518: Your vessel is being towed and back-up wires have been installed. Back-up wires carry the towing load in the event that the __________.

    a. bridle legs part
    b. towing bitt or pad eye fails
    c. bight ring fails
    d. main towing hawser parts
1519: When snaking cargo into the wing of a hold with the cargo winch, the runner should be lead from the __________.

    a. head block to a snatch block
    b. heel block to a snatch block
    c. lizard to a snatch block
    d. winch to a snatch block
1520: A welded joint's effectiveness is considered __________.

    a. 48%
    b. 90%
    c. 100%
    d. 121%
1521: An underwriter is liable for __________.

    a. loss arising from the subject itself because of its inherent qualities
    b. loss caused by the ordinary evaporation of liquids
    c. loss caused by heavy weather
    d. the natural decay of the vessel due to the passage of time
1523: When making a short splice in wire rope __________.

    a. all tucks go against the lay
    b. all tucks go with the lay
    c. the first three wires are tucked against the lay and the last three go with the lay
    d. the first three wires are tucked with the lay and the last three go against the lay
1524: A mooring line is described as being 6x24, 1-3/4 inch wire rope. What do the above numbers refer to?

    a. Strands, yarns, circumference
    b. Strands, wires, diameter
    c. Wires, yarns, diameter
    d. Strands, circumference, wires
1525: The term "shift the rudder" means __________.

    a. use right or left rudder
    b. change from right (left) to left (right) rudder an equal amount
    c. check, but do not stop the vessel from swinging
    d. put the rudder amidships
1526: One shot of anchor chain is equal to how many feet (meters)?

    a. 6 (1.8 meters)
    b. 15 (4.6 meters)
    c. 45 (13.7 meters)
    d. 90 (27.4 meters)
1526: One shot of anchor chain is equal to how many feet (meters)?

    a. 6 (1.8 meters)
    b. 15 (4.6 meters)
    c. 45 (13.7 meters)
    d. 90 (27.4 meters)
1527: A 30,000 DWT tankship is required to have an IOPP certificate when __________.

    a. engaged in the coastwise trade
    b. going foreign
    c. calling at ports in another country signatory to MARPOL 73/78
    d. carrying cargoes listed in the MARPOL regulations
1528: You are being towed by one tug. As you lengthen the bridle legs you __________.

    a. increase your chances of breaking the towing hawser
    b. reduce the yawing of your vessel
    c. reduce the spring effect of the tow connection
    d. increase your chances of breaking the bridle legs
1530: Shell plating is __________.

    a. the galvanizing on steel
    b. a hatch cover
    c. the outer plating of a vessel
    d. synonymous with decking
1531: Maritime Administration personnel may be allowed in the pilothouse upon the responsibility of the __________.

    a. Chief Officer
    b. Navigator
    c. most senior person present from the Maritime Administration
    d. officer in charge of the watch
1532: To determine the number of portable fire extinguishers required on an inspected vessel, you should check the __________.

    a. hot work permit
    b. Certificate of Inspection
    c. Safety of Life at Sea Certificate
    d. Muster List ("Station Bill")
1533: What is the best splice for repairing a parted synthetic fiber mooring line?

    a. Liverpool splice
    b. Locking long splice
    c. Long splice
    d. Short splice
1534: Which statement(s) is(are) TRUE concerning wire rope?

    a. Wire rope should be condemned if the outside wires are worn to one-half their original diameter.
    b. Wire rope should be condemned if the fiber core appears moist.
    c. Wire rope which is right-hand laid should be coiled counterclockwise to prevent kinking.
    d. All of the above
1536: When anchoring, it is a common rule of thumb to use a length of chain __________.

    a. five to seven times the depth of water
    b. seven to ten times the depth of water
    c. twice the depth of water
    d. twice the depth of water plus the range of tide
1537: Which is NOT a potential hazard of approaching close to an iceberg?

    a. The brash ice in the vicinity may clog sea intakes.
    b. The berg may calve with the bergy bit hitting the vessel.
    c. There may be underwater rams extending out from the berg.
    d. The berg may suddenly tilt or capsize due to uneven melting and hit the vessel.
1538: Your vessel is being towed and you are using a tripping rope. A tripping rope of fiber or wire is used to __________.

    a. give added strength to the main tow hawser
    b. retrieve the main tow hawser
    c. retrieve the outboard legs of the bridle where they are connected to the fishplate
    d. open the pelican hook at the fishplate
1539: Electric cargo winches have an overload safety device which normally cuts the current to the winch motor __________.

    a. after torque causes line pull to exceed the rated capacity of the winch
    b. before the line pull reaches the rated capacity of the winch
    c. when the line pull reaches the breaking strength of the fall
    d. before the safe working load of the fall is reached
1540: In ship construction, keel scantlings should be the greatest __________.

    a. at each frame
    b. amidships
    c. one-third the distance from the bow
    d. one-third the distance from the stern
1541: Which act would be considered barratry?

    a. A criminal act committed by a crew member ashore in a foreign port
    b. A criminal act committed by the ship Master in violation of his duty to the shipowner
    c. Theft of cargo by longshoremen
    d. Smuggling with the connivance of the shipowner
1543: Which is normally used to hold wire rope for splicing?

    a. Come along
    b. Jigger
    c. Rigger's screw
    d. Sealing clamp
1544: The main function of the core of a wire rope is to __________.

    a. give flexibility
    b. support the strands laid around it
    c. allow some circulation around the strands
    d. allow lubrication inside the rope
1546: What is the best guide for determining the proper scope of anchor chain to use for anchoring in normal conditions?

    a. One shot of chain for every ten feet of water
    b. One shot of chain for every fifteen feet of water
    c. One shot of chain for every thirty feet of water
    d. One shot of chain for every ninety feet of water
1548: What could be used as fairleads on a towed vessel?

    a. Chocks
    b. Double bitts
    c. Roller chocks
    d. All of the above
1549: On your vessel, a wire rope for the cargo gear shows signs of excessive wear and must be replaced. In ordering a new wire for this 10-ton boom, what safety factor should you use?

    a. Three
    b. Five
    c. Six
    d. Seven
1550: Keel scantlings of any vessel are greatest amidships because __________.

    a. connections between forebody and afterbody are most crucial
    b. of maximum longitudinal bending moments
    c. of severest racking stresses
    d. resistance to grounding is at a maximum amidships
1551: A majority of the crew requests a survey from the American Consul to determine a vessel's seaworthiness. The vessel is found unfit to continue her intended voyage. The Consul allows the vessel to sail to another port where deficiencies can be corrected. The crew must __________.

    a. be discharged and given first class passage back to the original port of signing on in lieu of one month's wages
    b. be discharged by the American Consul with additional one month's wages until repairs are made
    c. be furnished employment on another vessel returning to the United States which is satisfactory to that crew
    d. comply with the judgment
1552: Which picture represents a stopper hitch? (DO30DG )

    a. M
    b. N
    c. R
    d. L
1553: The correct way to make an eye in a wire rope with clips is to place the clips with the __________.

    a. first and third U-bolts on the bitter end and the second U-bolt on the standing part
    b. first and third U-bolts on the standing part and the second U-bolt on the bitter end
    c. U-bolts of all clips on the bitter end
    d. U-bolts of all clips on the standing part
1555: When carrying out a parallel track search pattern, the course of the search units should normally be which of the following?

    a. In the same direction as the anticipated drift
    b. In the opposite direction of the anticipated drift
    c. Perpendicular to the line of anticipated drift
    d. Downwind
1556: When anchoring, good practice requires 5 to 7 fathoms of chain for each fathom of depth. In deep water you should use __________.

    a. the same ratio
    b. more chain for each fathom of depth
    c. less chain for each fathom of depth
    d. two anchors with the same ratio of chain
1557: When relieving the helm, the new helmsman should find it handy to know the __________.

    a. amount of helm carried for a steady course
    b. variation in the area
    c. leeway
    d. deviation on that heading
1558: When making up a tow connection, you should use __________.

    a. safety hooks
    b. plain eye hooks
    c. round pin shackles
    d. screw pin shackles
1559: It is permissible to place an eye splice in wire rope used as cargo gear providing the splice is made using __________.

    a. two tucks with whole strands and one tuck with one-half strand
    b. three tucks with whole strands and two tucks with 1/2 the wire cut from the tucking strand
    c. three tucks with whole strands
    d. two tucks with whole strands and three tucks with half strands
1560: Which arrangement of shell plating is used most in modern shipbuilding?

    a. Clinker
    b. Flush
    c. In-and-Out
    d. Joggled
1561: The Master of any vessel bound on a voyage must apply to a district court when an allegation of unseaworthiness has been made to the Master by __________.

    a. any member of the crew of the vessel
    b. any two officers of the vessel and a majority of the crew
    c. the First and Second Officers of the vessel or a majority of the crew
    d. the First Officer of the vessel
1562: Which situation requires you to furnish a notice of marine casualty to the Coast Guard?

    a. A seaman slips on ice on deck and sprains his ankle, requiring an ace bandage.
    b. You collide with a buoy and drag it off station with no apparent damage to the vessel or the buoy.
    c. Storm damage to the cargo winch motors requires repairs costing $19,000.
    d. Your vessel is at anchor and grounds at low tide with no apparent damage.
1563: Which statement about two lines spliced together is TRUE?

    a. Splicing is used to increase the circumference of each line.
    b. Splicing two lines together is stronger than knotting two lines together.
    c. Splicing is used to increase the overall strength of the line.
    d. Splicing is used to prevent rotting of the lines bitter end.
1564: What is the main reason to slush a wire rope?

    a. Keep the wire soft and manageable
    b. Lubricate the inner wires and prevent wear
    c. Prevent kinking
    d. Prevent rotting
1565: While in dry dock your vessel will be belt-gauged. This process involves __________.

    a. measuring the thickness of the tail shaft liner
    b. taking the vessel's offsets to check for hull deformation
    c. testing and examining the anchor cables for defective links
    d. drilling or sonic-testing the hull to determine the plate thickness
1566: In bad weather, what length of chain should be used with a single anchor?

    a. 3 times the depth of water
    b. 6 times the depth of water
    c. 10 times the depth of water
    d. 15 times the depth of water
1567: The mooring line shown as "A" is called a(n) __________. (DO44DG )

    a. after breast line
    b. after spring line
    c. onshore stern line
    d. offshore stern line
1568: A tackle is "two blocked" when the blocks are __________.

    a. equally sharing the load
    b. jammed together
    c. as far apart as possible
    d. rove to the highest mechanical advantage
1570: What is NOT an advantage of ship construction methods using welded butt joints in the shell plating?

    a. Keeps practically 100% of tensile strength at the joints
    b. Reduces frictional resistance
    c. Reduces plate stress
    d. Reduces weight
1571: As Chief Officer of a vessel underway, it comes to your attention that the vessel is, in some manner, unseaworthy. Under such circumstances the Master is required to take action upon receiving __________.

    a. information of such condition from yourself
    b. notification of such condition from yourself and the Second Officer
    c. notification of such condition from yourself and any other member of the crew
    d. notification of such condition from yourself or the Second Officer
1573: Which statement about splices is TRUE?

    a. A back splice is used to permanently connect two lines together.
    b. A long splice is used to connect two lines that will pass through narrow openings.
    c. A short splice is used to temporarily connect two lines.
    d. In splicing fiber rope, you would splice with the lay of the line.
1574: Wire rope is galvanized to __________.

    a. protect it from corrosion due to contact with saltwater
    b. make it bend more easily
    c. increase its strength
    d. increase its circumference
1575: The key to rescuing a man overboard is __________.

    a. good communication
    b. a dedicated crew
    c. good equipment
    d. well-conducted drills
1576: Using a scope of five, determine how many shots of chain you should put out to anchor in 5 fathoms of water?

    a. 1
    b. 2
    c. 3
    d. 5
1577: You are the Chief Mate of a 30,000-DWT tankship. The vessel is engaged in trade with another country signatory to MARPOL 73/78. Which statement is TRUE?

    a. The Certificate of Inspection serves as prima facie evidence of complying with MARPOL 73/78.
    b. The IOPP Certificate for an inspected vessel is valid for 5 years.
    c. An IOPP Certificate is invalidated if the ship carries cargoes outside the classes authorized thereon.
    d. An IOPP Certificate is renewed at each inspection for certification.
1578: A stream of water immediately surrounding a moving vessel's hull, flowing in the same direction as the vessel is known as __________.

    a. directional current
    b. forward current
    c. propeller current
    d. wake current
1579: What is the minimum standard for making an eye splice in a wire to be used as cargo gear?

    a. Make three tucks with full strands, remove half the wires from each strand, and make two more tucks.
    b. Make four tucks in each strand, cut away every other strand, and make two more tucks with each remaining strand.
    c. Make four tucks with each full strand.
    d. Make six tucks with each strand, removing a few wires from each strand as each additional tuck is made.

Comments